Portal Server 5.x Admin Guide
VBrick Enterprise Media System
VEMS v5.4.2 Portal Server Admin Guide
July 26, 2011
4410-0265-0006
Copyright
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
12 Beaumont Road
Wallingford, Connecticut 06492, USA
www.VBrick.com
This publication contains confidential, proprietary, and trade secret information. No part of this document may be
copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated, or reduced to any machine-readable or electronic format without
prior written permission from VBrick. Information in this document is subject to change without notice and
VBrick Systems assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies. VBrick, VBrick Systems, the
VBrick logo, StreamPlayer, and StreamPlayer Plus are trademarks or registered trademarks in the United States and
other countries. Windows Media is a trademarked name of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other
countries. All other products or services mentioned in this document are identified by the trademarks, service
marks, or product names as designated by the companies who market those products. Inquiries should be made
directly to those companies. This document may also have links to third-party web pages that are beyond the
control of VBrick. The presence of such links does not imply that VBrick endorses or recommends the content of
any third-party web pages. VBrick acknowledges the use of third-party open source software and licenses in some
VBrick products. This freely available source code is posted at http://www.vbrick.com/opensource.
About VBrick Systems
Founded in 1997, VBrick Systems, an ISO 9001 certified vendor, is a privately held company that has enjoyed rapid
growth by helping our customers successfully introduce mission critical video applications across their enterprise
networks. Since our founding, VBrick has been setting the standard for quality, performance and innovation in the
delivery of live and stored video over IP networks—LANs, WANs and the Internet. With thousands of video
appliances installed world-wide, VBrick is the recognized leader in reliable, high-performance, easy-to-use
networked video solutions.
VBrick is an active participant in the development of industry standards and continues to play an influential role in
the Internet Streaming Media Alliance (ISMA), the MPEG Industry Forum, and Internet2. In 1998 VBrick
invented and shipped the world's first MPEG Video Network Appliance designed to provide affordable DVDquality video across the network. Since then, VBrick's video solutions have grown to include Video on Demand,
Management, Security and Access Control, Scheduling, and Rich Media Integration. VBrick solutions are
successfully supporting a broad variety of applications including distance learning and training, conferencing and
remote office communications, security, process monitoring, traffic monitoring, business and news feeds to the
desktop, webcasting, corporate communications, collaboration, command and control, and telemedicine. VBrick
serves customers in education, government, healthcare, and financial services markets among others.
Contents
Portal Server v5.4.2 Admin Guide
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
Font Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Printer-Friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
1. Introduction
Portal Server Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Server Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Desktop Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Copyright Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MySQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Microsoft Service Packs and Security Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Portal Server Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
End User Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Administrative Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Portal Server Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
VBrick Encoders/Decoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
VEMS VOD Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
VEMS IP Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
VEMS Network Video Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Distribution Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Amino Set Top Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
WM IP Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Portal Server Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Download Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Player Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Decoder Closed Captioning Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Port Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Uninstall/Change Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install/Replace License Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Admin Console Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Admin Console Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Internet Explorer 7.0 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2. Global Settings
Global Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Custom Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stream Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Add VOD-W Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
iii
Add VOD-WM Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Add VOD-D Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Add QuickTime Streaming Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Add FTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Add File Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Add Wowza Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Add Adobe Flash Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Add NXG Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Add DME Media Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Add LifeSize Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Add/Modify Video On Demand Content Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
VBricks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
VBrick Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Advanced Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Multimedia VBrick Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Add Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Add User-Defined VBIRs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Connect Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Configure Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Update the VBIR Command Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Presentation Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
IP Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Configuring IP Receiver Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Synchronizing the Portal Server and the NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Script Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Creating a Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Finding VBrick Parameters and Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
URLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Add/Modify a URL for a Live Video Stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Add VOD Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Add Non-VOD Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Priority Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Manage Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Access Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Using EthernetTV Reporter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Using an Excel Spreadsheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Configuring Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Transcode Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Editing H.264 Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Editing Windows Media Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Restricting Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
iv
Contents
3. Server Administration
Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Channel Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Custom Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Modify VOD Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Purchased Content Expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Expired Content Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Access Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Use LDAP Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Use LDAP with Single Sign-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Use LDAP with SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Use RSA Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
User Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Resource Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Digital Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4. Users and User Groups
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
User-Related Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Configuring Users and User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
1. Setup and Configure VEMS Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2. Choose an Authentication Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3. Create User Groups on the Portal Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4. Create Resource Groups on the Portal Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5. Create Users on the VEMS Portal Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6. Assign Resources to Users or User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Configuring Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Add/Modify User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Add/Modify User's Group Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add/Modify User's Resource Group Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add/Modify Live Channel Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add/Modify Live Program Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific FTP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific Recorder Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific VOD Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific VOD Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Viewing by Content Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Content Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Allow Content Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
v
Default Content Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Allow VBrick Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Allow Presentation Device Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
IPR Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Schedule Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Priority Alert Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Copyright Restrictions & Expiration Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Multimedia Authoring Privileges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Content Edit Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Configuring User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Add/Modify Group Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Add/Modify Group's User Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Add/Modify Group's Resource Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Resource Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Add/Modify Resource Group Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Add/Modify User's Resource Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Add/Modify Group's Resource Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
IPR Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Authentication by PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Authentication by Host Name or IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
5. Configuring for SSL
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
SSL Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Configuring SSL (Windows Server 2003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Configuring SSL (Windows Server 2008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6. Configuring for Presentations
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Configuring for Encoder Presentations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Configuring for Device Presentations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
7. Network Video Recording
NVR Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
NVR Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
NVR Performance Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
NVR Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Standard NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Standalone NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
NVR Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Synchronize the Portal Server and the NVR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
NVR Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Configure a Standard NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Configure a Standalone NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Using an NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
vi
Contents
8. Auto Content Ingestion
AutoIngest Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
AutoIngest Content via XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
AutoIngestXML Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Using the XML Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Removing MPEG-4 Closed Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
9. Automatic System Backup
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
VEMS Backup Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Configuring VEMS Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
1. Enter License Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
2. Set Profile IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
3. Set MySQL Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4. Configure the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
5. Reset Database Backup Versioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6. Enable the Warm Backup Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
7. Test the Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Turning a Warm Backup Server into a Live Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Bringing a Failed Machine Back Online. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Bring a Failed Machine Back Online as a Warm Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Bring a Failed Machine Back Online as a Primary Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Software Installation and Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
ETVBackup Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
VEMS Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
10. Manual System Backup
System Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
System Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
11. AmiNET110 MPEG-2 STB
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Connecting the AmiNET110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Configuring the AmiNET110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Change the IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Configure a Direct Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Configuring the Remote Control for a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Configuring the AmiNET110 for a Widescreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Set the TV Display Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
12. ACNS Configuration
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
ACNS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
VOD-W Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
vii
Portal Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
ACNS Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Verify Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
13. NXG-to-VOD-W Content Migration
Creating an Asset List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Sample Asset List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Using the Migration Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Increase the Ingestion Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Run the Migration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Recover from Migration Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Verifying the Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
14. Purchased Content Ingestion
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Configuring IIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Ingesting Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Configure a VOD-W Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Ingest Purchased Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Backing Up the Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
15. VBrick Internet Streaming
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Streaming Service Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Portal Server Hosting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
VBrick Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Portal Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
16. Embedding a VBrick Player
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Required Browser Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Embedding a Player in a Web Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Embedding a VBrick Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Using the VBrick Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Embedding a Player in SharePoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Adding and Sharing Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Embedding the Interface in SharePoint Server 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Configuring the VEMS Interface URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
viii
Contents
Portal Server v5.4.2 Admin Guide
Preface
his Portal Server Admin Guide is written for anyone who will be using or evaluating the VBrick
Enterprise Media System (VEMS) Portal Server. This includes system administrators,
software developers, network technicians, and others. The VEMS Portal Server is a webbased portal for accessing and managing video assets including both live or stored audio and
video files. The VEMS Portal Server is a key component in VBrick's Enterprise Media
System. The VEMS Portal Server provides a simple, intuitive interface that auto-discovers
available media assets in your network. Key components in VBrick's Enterprise Media
System include:
•
•
•
VEMS-VOD Video-on-Demand Servers – Provide all standard Video-on-Demand
(VOD) features including support for MPEG, Windows Media, and H.264 for maximum
flexibility.
VBrick Hardware Encoders/Decoders – Rugged, reliable video appliances that can
reside anywhere on your network to provide either distributed or high-density centralized
encoding/decoding of MPEG-2, MPEG-4, WM (Windows Media), and H.264 video.
VEMS IP Receivers – Leading-edge digital set top boxes that provide a low-cost
standalone decoder for MPEG, Windows Media, and H.264 video assets.
Note The Amino STB is a compact set top box that plays MPEG-2 streams only. It is fully
integrated with the Portal Server and provides access to most Portal Server viewer
functionality. It does not, however, support Access Logging, Scheduling, Device Control,
Emergency Broadcast, or Copyright Restrictions.
1. Introduction
provides an overview of the application including server
and desktop requirements and an overview of features
and functionality.
2. Global Settings
explains high-level configuration settings and parameters
that apply to the entire system.
3. Server Administration
provides detailed explanations of all VEMS Portal Server
global settings and configuration options, as well as
diagnostics and status windows.
4. Users and User Groups
explains how to configure the system for access control.
It explains how to create users and groups with specific
permissions and access to resources.
5. Configuring for SSL
explains how to securely configure the system using the
Secure Sockets Layer.
6. Configuring for Presentations explains how to configure the Portal Server for encoder
presentations and device presentations.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
ix
7. Network Video Recording
explains how to configure and use an NVR to offload
recording tasks from the Portal Server to a separate
"recorder server" machine.
8. Auto Content Ingestion
explains auto content ingestion. This is the process
whereby video content is automatically populated on the
portal server.
9. Automatic System Backup
explains how to automatically backup the MySQL
database and other key directories if you purchased
ETVBackup.
10. Manual System Backup
explains how to manually backup the MySQL database
and other key directories if you did not purchase
Enterprise Media System Backup.
11. AmiNET110 MPEG-2 STB
explains how to connect and use the Amino set top box
to view MPEG-2 streams.
12. ACNS Configuration
explains how to configure the Portal Server and Cisco's
Application and Content Networking System (ACNS) to
work together.
13. NXG-to-VOD-W
Content Migration
explains how to migrate MPEG-1 and MPEG-2 video
files from a VBrick NXG (Linux) VOD server to a
VBrick VOD-W (Windows) VOD server.
14. Purchased Content Ingestion explains how to mass ingest separately purchased video
content to any or all configured VOD servers.
15. VBrick Internet Streaming
the VBrick Streaming Service is available for those users
who wish to extend the ability to view live events to
Internet clients.
16. Embedding a VBrick Player
explains how to add an embedded VBrick player to a
web page or to Microsoft SharePoint so that it can
display an embedded list of VOD content.
Getting Help
If you need help, or more information about any topic, use the online help system. The
online help is cross-referenced and searchable and can usually find the information in a few
seconds. Use the tree controls in the left pane to open documents and the up and down
arrows to page through them. Use the Search box to find specific information. Simply enter
one or more words in the box and press Enter. The search results will return pages that have
all of the words you entered—highlighted in yellow (Internet Explorer only). The Search box
is not case-sensitive and does not recognize articles (a, an, the), operators (+ and –), or
quotation marks. You can narrow the search by adding words.
If you can't find the information you need from the online help, or from your certified
VBrick reseller, you can contact VBrick Support Services on the web. Support Services can
usually answer your technical questions in 24 business hours or less. Also note that our
publications team is committed to accurate and reliable documentation and we appreciate
your feedback. If you find errors or omissions in any of our documents, please send e-mail to
[email protected] and let us know. For more information about any VBrick
x
Preface
products, all of our product documentation is available on the web. Go to www.vbrick.com/
documentation to search or download VBrick product documentation.
Note VBrick has made every effort to ensure that the information in this document is
accurate at the time of publication. However if we find are errors or omissions, VBrick
reserves the right to make changes without notice. To see the latest documentation for
this product go to www.vbrick.com/documentation
Font Conventions
Arial bold is used to
Programs > VBrick
describe dialog boxes and menu choices, for example: Start > All
Courier fixed-width font
is used for scripts, code examples, or keyboard commands.
Courier bold fixed-width font
is used for user input in scripts, code examples, or keyboard
commands.
This bold black font is used to strongly emphasize important words or phrases.
Folder names and user examples in text
User input in text
are displayed in this sans serif font.
is displayed in this bold sans serif font.
Italics are used in text to emphasize specific words or phrases.
Related Documents
VEMS Portal Server User Guide
VEMS Reporter User Guide
IPR Receiver Admin Guide
VOD-W Server Admin Guide
VOD-WM Server Admin Guide
Printer-Friendly
Click on the following link to print a hard copy of the document.
VEMS Portal Server User Guide
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
VEMS Portal Server Release Notes
T
To save or print a PDF document:
1.
2.
Click once to open the PDF document in Acrobat Reader.
To save or print a PDF document, right-click and select Save Target As or Print Target .
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
xi
xii
Preface
Chapter 1
Introduction
Topics in this section
Portal Server Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Portal Server Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Portal Server Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Portal Server Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Uninstall/Change Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Admin Console Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Portal Server Overview
VBrick's Enterprise Media System (VEMS) consists of a group of products that includes the
VEMS Portal Server, VEMS Encoders, the VEMS-VOD Video-on-Demand Server, VEMS
IP Receivers and StreamPlayer software. This integrated system delivers both live and ondemand audio and video over an IP-based infrastructure. The VEMS Portal Server functions
as a video portal, permitting end users to view live and on-demand MPEG, WM (Windows
Media), and H.264 streams on a Window PC, a Macintosh, or a set top box. The VEMS
Portal Server comes as software-only solution that can be installed on a Windows Server or
as a pre-configured hardware/software combination.
Figure 1. VBrick Enterprise Media System
The VBrick Enterprise Media System Portal Server is a web-based portal for accessing Live
and On-Demand audio and video files. A key component of VBrick's Enterprise Media
System, the VEMS Portal Server provides a simple interface to easily locate available media
assets on your network. Upon accessing the main portal page, users can navigate or search
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
1
for specific videos, select the video, and immediately begin viewing DVD quality video. For
on-demand videos, users can Fast Forward/Rewind and Seek to specific points in the video.
Standard access control functionality provides restriction of certain content to particular
users, user groups, or IP receivers. An optional scheduling module allows users to schedule
devices to send video, receive video, record video, or to initiate a two-way conference.
Server Requirements
The minimum server requirements include:
• Windows Server 2003 (Web Edition or Standard Edition).
• Windows Server 2008 (Web Edition or Enterprise Edition).
• Pentium IV or Xeon Processor 1.26 GHz Minimum (2 GHz or higher recommended).
• RAM 512 MB Minimum (1 GB or more recommended).
• Hard Drive 36 GB Minimum (larger for frequent recording).
Note VBrick has tested the VEMS Portal Server on Windows Web Server 2008. Note also
that VEMS Portal Server also will not operate correctly on a server that is configured
as a primary domain controller or with other network-related services and software.
Desktop Requirements
Windows-based PC and Macintosh users access the VEMS Portal Server through a web
browser. For Windows-based PCs, on the first access to the server, VBrick StreamPlayer
software is automatically downloaded to the PC. StreamPlayer software lets end users select a
stream and view TV-quality video directly on a PC. Macintosh users view MPEG-4 video
through the QuickTime player.
Table 1. Desktop Requirements
PC Type
Requirements
Windows PCs
•
•
•
•
Macintosh PCs
•
•
•
•
•
Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7.
750 MHz Pentium III processor (Pentium IV required for H.264).
512 MB RAM (1 GB recommended for H.264).
SVGA video card 1024x768, video card acceleration and 32 bit color
recommended.
Minimum 250 MB hard disk space for installation.
Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0 or higher.
Microsoft Windows Media Player 9.0 or higher.
Firefox 3.5 or higher.
DirectX Media Version 8.1 and higher.
•
•
•
•
•
Mac OS X 10.5 or higher for Intel-based PC.
Firefox for Macintosh 3.5 or higher.
Safari 3.1 or higher.
QuickTime Player 6.0 or higher.
Internet Explorer on a Macintosh is not supported.
Copyright Protection
The Portal Server uses copyright restrictions and content expiration to protect the rights of
content owners and to enforce rules against unauthorized usage or distribution. Copyright
2
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
restrictions are specifically used to enforce license requirements. Content is often restricted
to a limited number of viewers and you may need a license, for example, to view MPEG-2
content. In the Portal Server, Max. Concurrent Viewers is used to enforce copyright
restrictions for any live, stored, or recorded video. If the number of concurrent viewers
exceeds the configured value, the content will not play. (The Max. Concurrent Users
restriction does not apply to viewers who tune in to a scheduled broadcast.)
Content expiration controls the length of time that specific content can be viewed. Content
expiration is used for time-sensitive, copyrighted, or otherwise protected content that cannot
be legally displayed after a specified date or a period of time. Users with appropriate
permissions (see Copyright Restrictions & Expiration Privileges topic on page 141) can
assign expiration dates or a viewing period when they use the Add Video feature. The viewing
period starts at the time the content is added to the server. If desired, administrators can
restrict expiration privileges to particular users or groups in which case only those specified
users or groups (and administrators) can set content to expire.
Administrators can also assign an Expiration Date or Viewing Period for any stored video
using the Modify VOD Content page. By default, recordings from live streams have no
expiration date. However administrators can set default viewing periods for content recorded
from specific live streams (see "Viewing Periods" in Stream Restrictions topic on page 33).
The VEMS Portal Server enforces content expiration by preventing the streaming or
scheduling of content that is expired or will expire before the scheduled event. Once content
has expired, administrators can set a new expiration date or viewing period. By default,
expired content will remain in storage indefinitely unless you choose to delete it automatically
using the Set Expired VOD Content Treatment option in Global Assignments.
The Portal Server writes to a log that tracks content expirations; administrators can view or
purge this log as necessary (see Expired Content Log topic on page 117). In many installation
an administrator is assigned to monitor and/or renew content that is about to expire. To
facilitate this process, the Portal Server can be configured to automatically generate e-mail
that notifies the designated administrator when content is about to expire by using the option
in Global Assignments.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
3
MySQL
The VEMS Portal Server is shipped with MySQL as the database. The MySQL database is
installed as part of the Portal Server installation package. If the hardware/software
combination was purchased from VBrick, MySQL will already be installed on your machine;
the default user name is root. To protect the integrity of the database, you should change the
default password (vbrick_18) after initial installation and periodically thereafter as explained
below. To backup the MySQL database, see Automatic System Backup topic on page 185.
Note MySQL Query Browser is an Open Source front-end that provides a graphical
interface to the MySQL database. MySQL Query Browser is available with the free
software/open source GNU General Public License at to http://www.mysql.com
T
To change the MySQL password:
1.
2.
3.
Go to Global Assignments > Change MySQL Password .
Enter the Admin Username (root) and Admin Password (vbrick_18).
Enter the Username, the New Password (and confirm), and click Submit .
Microsoft Service Packs and Security Updates
It is standard VBrick policy to configure and ship our products with the recommended
service packs and security updates available from Microsoft on the release date of the VBrick
product. During product development, VBrick client and server applications are fully tested
on the applicable operating system (Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2003,
or Windows Server 2008) with the Microsoft service packs and updates available at that time.
We also run limited regression tests when new service packs are released by Microsoft. Once
installed at a customer site however, it becomes the customer's sole responsibility to continue
installing security updates and patches as they become available. VBrick assumes no liability
for damage resulting from the failure to patch your software. For best results, we recommend
running Microsoft's "automatic updates" during off-peak hours when it will not affect users
or impact performance.
Portal Server Features
End User Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
4
Windows-based PCs, Macintoshes, or IPRs (connected to televisions or display
monitors) can all access the Portal Server.
Users can view video at Full Screen for a television-like user experience.
Users can view Video-On-Demand assets with full VCR/DVD control, including Play,
Pause , Stop, Fast Forward , Rewind , and Seek .
Video can be viewed in a preview window or launched in multiple external, re-sizeable
player windows (PC and Macintosh).
IP Receiver users can use familiar Channel Up/Down keys and other hot keys on the IR
remote control to navigate through video listings.
Users can search through the list of Live or On-Demand videos by Title, Tags,
Description , or other custom fields defined by an VEMS Portal Server administrator.
Users can record and store videos on the VEMS-VOD Video-on-Demand server via
VEMS Portal Server.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
•
•
•
•
Users can publish pre-recorded content and thumbnails directly to the VOD server.
Users can view closed caption text (Windows-based PCs and IP Receivers only).
Users can launch pre-configured emergency broadcasts. (Optional. Requires Scheduling
module.)
Users can schedule recordings or broadcasts. (Optional. Requires Scheduling module.)
Figure 2. VEMS Portal Server Live Media
Administrative Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Access Control - allows administrators to allow/deny access to specific functions of the
VEMS Portal Server server. Access control functionality can use the local VEMS Portal
Server database or authenticate to an LDAP directory server.
Clustering support – multiple VEMS-VOD Video-on-Demand servers can be clustered
to increase total throughput. The VEMS Portal Server will automatically load balance all
servers defined in VEMS Portal Server; no additional configuration is necessary. See
Servers topic on page 33 for more.
SSL/TLS security – the VEMS Portal Server can be set up to provide encrypted access to
the Login pages and/or the Admin pages. See Configuring for SSL topic on page 147.
Customer defined URLs – can be entered into the system and displayed in the VEMS
Portal Server interface. The URLs can point to video assets or other assets such as PDFs
or PowerPoint documents.
Autoingestion to the VEMS-VOD server – content placed in autoingestion folders on
the VEMS Portal Server will be automatically transferred and ingested into the VEMSVOD server.
Customized global messages can display on the VEMS Portal Server interface.
Channel numbers can be assigned to live streams.
Define a startup channel for IPRs – the IPR will automatically tune into this channel
when users select the Live TV option.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
5
•
•
•
•
•
Emergency broadcasts – can define pre-configured emergency broadcast templates that
can be launched instantaneously. See Priority Alert topic on page 85 for more.
Status window – shows the status of videos being added, recorded, or ingested.
Diagnostics window – displays a complete log of system events by source, time, and IP
address.
Custom fields and streams – the ability to add customized information and search
parameters to live and stored streams.
A Channel Guide Server can be configured to automatically provide third-party
programming data for configured TV Stations.
Portal Server Components
VBrick Encoders/Decoders
VBrick's VB4000-5000-6000 Series MPEG-2 network video appliances provide DVD quality
video and CD quality audio at 1–15 Mbps of bandwidth. MPEG-2 is the world's most
popular digital compression technology and is used to encode DVDs as well as Digital Cable
and Digital Satellite broadcasts. VBrick's VB4000-5000-6000 Series MPEG-4 encoders and
decoders are versatile and reliable video appliances for one or two-way interactive
communications over low or medium bandwidth IP networks. The VBrick MPEG-4
encoder/decoder can be used for webcasting, multicasting, transcoding, and two-way
interactive video. Designed for streaming over the Internet at lower bit rates (56K, 128K,
384K) and over a LAN at higher rates (1Mbps and above). VBrick's WM (Windows Media)
video appliances provide scalable quality at webcasting rates up to 2 Mbps. It features built-in
live streaming server, automatic multicasting, and state-of-the-art reliability. A key benefit of
the WM appliance is its compatibility with the Windows Media Player, thus eliminating the
need for desktop player installation. VBrick H.264 appliances represent VBrick's newest
networked video appliances. The new H.264 appliances can deliver vastly improved quality
for a given bit rate, allowing organizations to deliver a better customer experience for any
given bandwidth.
VEMS VOD Server s
VEMS Video on Demand (VOD) servers provide the VEMS Portal Server with a source of
available video content organized in folders. The VOD content is displayed by name in the
VEMS Portal Server user interface, along with the duration of the video, and associated
descriptions, key words, and other custom information entered by an administrator. You play
content from the VOD server by selecting the program name from the application interface
(see the Portal Server User Guide for details). The VEMS Portal Server currently supports all
of the VOD servers shown in Table 2. The configuration for each server is essentially the
same (see Servers on page 33 for details) and there is little difference in functionality for end
users.
VEMS servers can be LAN-based or Internet-based depending on how the range of Internet
addresses is defined (see "Assign LAN/Internet Address Range" in Global Assignments
topic on page 23). VOD servers accessible to Internet users are called Internet-zone servers;
VOD servers assessable to LAN users only (within a secured corporate network and behind a
firewall) are called LAN-zone servers.
Content added by users in the LAN zone will be ingested to all VOD servers for which they
have permissions using the Add Video page. Users in the Internet zone have the Add Video
6
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
page available only if they have permissions for at least one VOD server that is also in the
Internet zone. Content added by LAN users is added to all configured servers that can handle
the content (for example you cannot add MPEG content to a Windows Media server) and for
which you have permission. The content available for viewing may also be limited by the
server type. For example, Internet users will see only MPEG-4 and Windows Media content
on VOD-D and VOD-WM servers respectively. LAN users however will see all content on all
servers.
Table 2. Supported VEMS VOD Servers
Server Type
Description
Zone
VOD-W
Windows-based VOD-W VOD server. Available in
three versions depending on throughput: VOD-50W,
VOD-125W, and VOD-300W
LAN only
VOD-WM-Standard
• Standard – Microsoft Windows Media Server
(unicast only). Requires an FTP server.
• Enterprise – Microsoft Windows Media Server
(unicast or multicast). Requires an FTP server.
LAN or
Internet
Wowza Flash Server
Supports Flash and H.264 files. Wowza is an
alternative to the Adobe Flash Media Server.
LAN or
Internet
Adobe Flash Media
Server
A Flash Media Server (FMS) is a proprietary data and
media server from Adobe Systems. The server can
send data to clients with an FLV player installed.
LAN or
Internet
VOD-D
Darwin Open Source server for Windows or
Macintosh. Ingests and plays MPEG-4 content only.
Requires an FTP server. Compatible but not sold or
supported by VBrick.
LAN or
Internet
QuickTime Streaming A QTSS is a Unix-based device that runs on Mac OS
Server
X. QTSS is delivered as part of Mac OS X Server.
LAN or
Internet
File Server
LAN or
Internet
A Windows Media or H.264 VBStar encoder can be
configured as a progressive download server.
VEMS Internet-Based Servers
VEMS Portal Server supports the installation of LAN-based servers and Internet-based
servers. As part of an VEMS Server installation, you can configure a VOD server to run in
the "zones" (LAN or Internet) specified in Table 2. Before server configuration, you assign a
range of IP addresses that define the LAN domain, or vice versa, that define the Internet
domain. Any IP address outside that range will assumed to be from an Internet source, or
vice versa, from a LAN source. (See "Assign LAN/Internet Address Range" in Global
Assignments topic on page 23.)
You can purchase an Internet-based VOD-W or VOD-WM server from VBrick (in which
case they are configured by VBrick) or you can purchase and configure a VOD-WM yourself
using the Microsoft documentation (not recommended). You can also install a Darwin Open
Source server which is fully-compatible with VEMS Portal Server but is not sold or
supported by VBrick. (For more about downloading, installing, and configuring a Darwin
server, go to: http://developer.apple.com/opensource/server/streaming/index.html) As
noted, VEMS users can be on the Internet or on a LAN; Internet users can only access
MPEG-4, Windows Media. and H.264 content stored on Internet-based servers. LAN users
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
7
can access all content on all servers both inside and outside the firewall. To summarize,
Internet-based servers and users are subject to the following limitations:
•
•
•
•
•
Internet servers support MPEG-4 and Windows Media content only.
Internet servers support unicast only (they do not support multicast).
Internet VEMS users can add video only to VOD servers in the Internet zone.
Internet users can only see MPEG-4, Windows Media, and H.264 content stored on
Internet-based servers.
Internet servers do not support VEMS scheduling features.
VEMS IP Receiver
VEMS-IPRs access the VEMS Portal Server through a web browser within the IP Receiver.
Using the IP Receiver remote control, users can navigate and search for specific on-demand
content or live video streams, select a stream, and begin viewing television-quality video. IP
Receiver users can also record video directly on the VEMS Portal Server using the remote
control or the wireless keyboard. See the IP Receiver documentation for more about how to
configure and use an VEMS IP Receiver.
VEMS Network Video Recorder
The VEMS Network Video Recorder and the VEMS Live Portal Server are optional
components that are purchased and installed separately. They have different license files that
must be installed separately. See Install/Replace License Files topic on page 17. The VEMS
Network Video Recorder lets you off-load all recording tasks from the VEMS Portal Server
machine to one or more separate "recorder server" machines. This optimizes recording
performance and improves VEMS Portal Server performance as well. The Network Video
Recorder uses VEMS
Portal Server components and typically requires two machines: the VEMS Portal Server is
installed on one machine; the Network Video Recorder software is installed on a different
machine. Once installed, the NVR machine is used for all VEMS Portal Server recording
tasks. See Network Video Recording topic on page 171 for more information.
Note A standard VEMS Portal Server permits two concurrent recording operations. If you
purchase a Network Video Recorder, the number of concurrent recording operations
(10 or 40) is fixed by the terms of your licensing agreement with VBrick.
8
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
Figure 3. Live Portal Server User Interface
Distribution Servers
Distribution servers are used to load-balance the distribution of .jpg images and HTML
pages when delivering large-scale presentations. After installing the Portal Server you will
need to run DistributionServer.exe on each VEMS server present in your configuration.
Distribution servers are used for "presentations" (live webinars) only and require a separate
license. Auto-generated e-mail invitations from VEMS presentations will point to the
load-balanced distribution servers if present.
Distribution servers can each handle approx. 5000 users. (For highest scalability, configure
the webinar Permission Mode (on the Create Presentation > Permissions page) for
"Everyone" and set a webinar password. See the Portal Server User Guide for more about
presentations.) Distribution Servers serve Presentation/webinar HTML pages, PowerPoint
Slides (converted and displayed as .jpg images), and reference material (Word documents,
PDFs, etc. that been uploaded by a presentation creator). Distribution Servers also provide
the following functionality.
Note The Portal Server Release Notes explain how to install and configure Distribution
Servers and how to configure your system for presentations. The Zones topic in this
document explains how to configure and use "zones" that point to specific servers.
•
•
•
•
Zones (separately addressable internal and external "zones" for load-balancing and
viewing video).
Viewer questions (realtime questions from presentation viewers).
Polling (view/respond to multiple-choice polls created by a presentation creator).
Polling, viewer questions, and access log data are queued up and batched to the main
Portal Server once every minute.
Access logging (captures the IP address of each presentation viewer).
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
9
Amino Set Top Box
The AmiNet110 is a compact set top box for the Portal Server manufactured by Amino. It
connects to a standard TV and only plays MPEG-2 streams; no other streams are selectable
for viewing on the Portal Server interface. There is no software installation required. Simply
connect and configure the device as explained in AmiNET110 MPEG-2 STB topic on
page 201. The Portal Server User Guide explains how to use the Amino infrared remote
control unit that comes with the device.
The AmiNet130 is a compact set top box that connects to a standard TV and plays H.264
Transport Streams only. There is no software installation required. Simply connect and
configure the device as explained in H.264/MPEG-2 STB Quick Start Guide.
WM IP Receiver
VBrick's WM IP Receiver is similar to a conventional set top box but is significantly more
stable, rugged, and reliable. It is designed for 24x7 operation, and built for enterprise
networks that require a high degree of stability, security, and scalability. The WM IP Receiver
is a robust, state-of-the-art device that meets the demanding requirements of VBrick's
Enterprise Media System. The WM IPR plays Windows Media streams from VBrick WM
appliances and Windows Media servers. The WM IPR is also a fully-featured VBrick VEMS
client. This means that in addition to the ability to deliver video, subsequent WM IPR
releases will provide scheduling, access logging, and device control from the Portal Server.
For more information about the WM IPR, see the IPR Admin Guide in the Portal Server
online help.
Portal Server Installation
Complete installation instructions for the Portal Server are provided in the VEMS Portal
Server Release Notes. Once the Portal Server is installed, end users on Windows or Macintosh
machines may be prompted for additional download components as explained below. This
only happens the first time they access the Portal Server. The Portal Server supports a wide
variety of clients and video formats. See Supported VBrick Clients and Video Formats for a
complete list.
Download Components
Windows PCs
If configured with the appropriate components, Windows PCs (with Internet Explorer or
Firefox) can play all stream types including MPEG, Windows Media, and H.264. For
Windows-based PC users, the Portal Server uses VBrick StreamPlayer software-based
components to decode video streams on user desktops. The Portal Server downloads these
components to each client machine the first time you access the Portal Server (depending on
the Specify Components to Download to Clients setting in Global Assignments). No
download is necessary for subsequent access. If this is a new installation, end users must
answer Yes to security requests to download these components. After a download, you don’t
have to restart your computer but must you must close the browser. These components are
downloaded using .cab files.
In certain circumstances however, the use of .cabs is either not allowed or not feasible. In
these cases, VBrick provides an .msi installer called VBrickComponents.msi. This installer
installs the same components and allows end-users who cannot download .cabs to have full
10
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
Portal Server functionality. This installer is located in the Program
folder.
Files\VBrick\MCS\utils
Note The component download setting will not affect previously-installed components. For
example if you have StreamPlayer installed, you will be able to play MPEG-2 streams
regardless of what components you specify for download.
Firefox
With Firefox, users will also be prompted to install additional components the first time they
launch a stream—if they are configured to receive these download components. Links for the
appropriate stream types (MPEG, WM, or H.264) will be displayed in the area where the
embedded player is normally displayed. These additional plugins must be installed. Firefox
users will also be required to install an additional plugin when they use Add Video for the first
time (again, if they are configured with this privilege). Also be aware that there is no
automatic downloading of Firefox components during a VEMS upgrade. To be sure you have
the latest VBrick components for Firefox, you will need to manually uninstall VBPlayerMoz,
VBWMPlayerMoz, and VBFTPMoz using Add or Remove Programs in Windows—on each client
desktop. The latest VEMS components for Firefox will be installed the next time the Firefox
client launches a stream.
Table 3. Supported Windows Operating Systems and Browsers
Operating System
Browser †
Windows XP
Internet Explorer 7.0, Firefox 3.5
Windows Vista
Internet Explorer 7.0, Firefox 3.5
Windows 7
Internet Explorer 8.0, Firefox 3.5
† Use version shown or higher.
Locked-Down Windows PCs
As described above, the Portal Server automatically downloads components to client PCs
depending on the Global Assignment setting. This download can be an issue in environments
that have restrictions on client software installation. For playback of WM files, Portal Server
uses the existing Windows Media Player components on the client PC and there is no need
for the extra components to be downloaded. This means that Portal Server and WM can be
used in some but not all restrictive or "locked-down" environments.
Even if downloads are configured, a client PC will still refuse to accept the component
download if the Internet Explorer security feature Download signed ActiveX controls is
disabled. When using Portal Server exclusively with WM streams and a WM VOD, the client
PC can refuse to accept the downloaded components and all Portal Server features except
Add Video will work. In this case you should uncheck the Add Video Utility in Global
Assignments.
Some sites also require that their PCs be configured with certain Internet Explorer security
settings. The Portal Server will not work on clients with Internet Explorer security set to
High . The Portal Server will work at any level at or below Medium . If you start at High , the
client will still work with Portal Server if you enable Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins, Script
ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting , and Active scripting.
Since firewalls on LAN client PCs can also cause problems with Portal Server, it is
recommended that firewalls be disabled on LAN clients. (In Windows XP with Service Pack
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
11
2, the firewall is enabled by default.) Portal Server's support for Internet clients is designed to
work through firewalls. If you have Internet clients with firewalls see the description of
LAN/Internet address ranges in Global Assignments topic on page 23.
Macintosh PCs
If configured with the appropriate components, Macintosh PCs (with Safari or Firefox)
can play all stream types including MPEG, Windows Media, and H.264. In a Macintosh
environment, if downloads are configured in Global Assignments, when you launch the
VEMS Portal Server for the first time, the Home page (see Figure 2) displays a link
prompting you to download components that are appropriate for your computer. If you
agree, these components are automatically installed and no additional download is necessary
for subsequent access. On Macintosh PCs, Portal Server functionality is the same as in
Windows except that the Add Video feature is not available. Table 4 shows the stream types
supported for each environment; Table 5 shows the operating systems that are tested and
supported. Note that there are certain performance limitations in Macintosh environments;
see the VEMS Portal Server Release Notes for information and recommendations.
Configuring a Macintosh for Tunneled Streams
You may need to perform certain configuration steps on a Macintosh before you can use
QuickTime to view streams tunneled over HTTP from a VOD-W server.
T
To configure QuickTime for tunneled streams:
Launch QuickTime on a Macintosh and click on the Apple QuickTime player to set focus
on the task bar at the top of the screen.
2. Click QuickTime Player in the task bar and go to QuickTime Preferences.
3. On the Advanced tab, click on Transport Setup and then Custom .
4. Check the Port ID used for the HTTP Transport Protocol . The Port ID must match the
HTTP Tunneling Port set on the Portal Server for the VOD-W server (default = 8000). If
necessary, get this port number from your system administrator. See the VOD-W Admin
Guide for more information.
Table 4. Supported Macintosh Stream Types
1.
Environment
Supported Streams
Closed Captions †
Macintosh
Safari – MPEG-1, MPEG-2,
MPEG-4, WM, H.264.
Supported for MPEG-1/MPEG-2 streams,
and for MPEG-4 and WM with VBrick
plugin.
Firefox – MPEG-1, MPEG-2, Supported for MPEG-1/MPEG-2 streams,
MPEG-4, WM, H.264.
and for MPEG-4 and WM with VBrick
plugin.
† Closed captions are not currently supported on H.264 streams.
Table 5. Supported Macintosh Operating Systems and Browsers
Operating System
Browser †
Mac OS X 10.6 (Snow Leopard
Safari 4.0.x, Firefox 3.5
Mac OS X 10.5 (Leopard)
Safari 3.1.1, Firefox 3.5
† Use version shown or higher.
12
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
Player Licenses
Most video compression technologies are protected by patents and their use requires
obtaining a license from the technology owner. These licenses are granted after royalties have
been paid to the owner. VBrick typically obtains licenses for specific video formats in
advance from the technology owners and makes them freely available to Portal Server users.
For viewing purposes, each license is equivalent to one "seat." This means if you have 100
MPEG-2 seats, for example, the number of concurrent users viewing an MPEG-2 stream
(with any type of player) cannot exceed 100. The number of licenses initially available to
Portal Server users is shown in Table 6. If you need additional licenses to comply with patent
restrictions please contact the VBrick Sales team.
Table 6. Video Format Licenses
Video Format
Licenses Provided
MPEG-2
100
MPEG-4 Part 2
1000
Windows Media on a Macintosh 100
Windows Media on a PC
License not required
H.264 RTP
1000
H264 TS
100
MPEG-1
License not required
AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) 1000
Decoder Closed Captioning Support
The Portal Server supports live streams with closed captioning. It also supports closed
captioning for MPEG-4 stored content as long as the content is recorded with closed
captioning and stored on a VOD-W server. Closed captioning is not supported for NXG
MPEG-4 stored content. The following table shows closed captioning support for VBrick
decoders/IPRs, cross-referenced by live and stored content.
Table 7. Set Top Box/Decoder Closed Captioning Support
Live Content
Set Top Box/Decoder
Stored Content
VOD-W VOD-WM
VOD-D
MPEG-2 Decoder
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
MPEG-4 Decoder
Yes
Yes
N/A
MPEG-4 only
MPEG Set Top Box
Yes
Yes
N/A
MPEG-4 only
WM-IP Receiver
No
N/A
No
N/A
AmiNET110 MPEG-2 Set Top Box Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
AmiNET130 H.264/MPEG-2 STB
Yes
N/A
N/A
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
Yes
13
Port Requirements
The drawing below, and the table that follows, show the required port configuration for
various Portal Server devices. All ports in the drawing are TCP except as noted.
Table 8. Port Requirements
Zones
14
Port(s)
Description
Internet > DMZ 80/443 (TCP)
Web request from client to VEMS (http = 80, https =
443).
Internet > DMZ 80 (TCP)
RTSP-I/HTTP Tunneling from client to shared
VOD server.
Internet > DMZ 80 (TCP)
HTTP Push from presentation VBStar to shared
VOD Server.
Internet > DMZ 9876/9878
(UDP)
Management/RTSP SAP announce from VBrick to
VEMS.
Internet > DMZ 21/990 (TCP)
FTP/FTPS from client to VEMS (to AutoIngest
folder) (990 for ftps).
Internet > DMZ 3306 (TCP)
MySQL database request from remote distribution
server to VEMS.
Internet > DMZ 21/990 (TCP)
FTP/FTPS from remote distribution server to
VEMS (using FTP sync).
Internet > DMZ 139/445 (TCP),
137/138 (UDP)
File copy from remote distribution server to VEMS
(using DFS sync).
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
Zones
Port(s)
Description
DMZ > Internet 21/990 (TCP)
FTP/FTPS from VEMS to VoD Server (Darwin/
Windows Media/FTP).
LAN > DMZ
80/443 (TCP)
Web request from client to VEMS (http = 80, https =
443).
LAN > DMZ
9875/9876/9878 Multicast/Management/RTSP SAP announce from
(UDP)
VBrick to VEMS.
LAN > DMZ
21 (TCP)
FTP from VBStar to VEMS (auto-FTP to VEMS
Auto-Ingest directory).
DMZ > LAN
21 (TCP)
FTP from VEMS to VBStar (content discovery).
DMZ > LAN
80 (TCP)
Management command from VEMS to VBrick/STB.
Used by the VEMS "Create Presentation" tool and to
schedule some STBs for content playback.
DMZ > LAN
80/8080 (TCP)
Web service request from VEMS to VoD Server
(Infovalue/NXG).
DMZ > LAN
54321 (TCP)
Used to control various Amino STBs.
DMZ > LAN
21/990 (TCP)
FTP/FTPS from VEMS to VoD Server (Darwin/
Windows Media/FTP).
LAN > DMZ
21 (TCP)
FTP from VoD Server (NXG/Infovalue) to VEMS.
DMZ >LAN
135 (TCP)
Management command from VEMS to Windows
Media (DCOM).
DMZ > LAN
80 (TCP)
Web service request from VEMS to Network Video
Recorder (NVR).
LAN > DMZ
80 (TCP)
Web service request from Network Video Recorder
(NVR) to VEMS.
DMZ > LAN
389 (TCP)
LDAP lookup from VEMS to LDAP Server (e.g.,
Active Directory).
Uninstall/Change Configuration
Use the following steps when you want to uninstall VEMS or change VEMS configuration
options. For example you may need to enable/disable a warm backup server or modify the
host name of the VEMS server.
T
To uninstall or change the configuration:
1.
2.
Go to Start > Control Panel > Programs and Features > VBrick Enterprise Media System .
Click the Uninstall/Change button.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
15
3.
16
Select the operation you wish to perform and click Next . A description of each of the
options is listed below.
Enable/Disable
Warm Backup Server
If you purchased Enterprise Media System Backup, two Portal
Servers will be present—one of which must be configured as a
warm backup. Use this option (and the popup shown below) to
enable or disable the backup server. If you enable one server, you
must disable the other. Default = Disable. See
Automatic System Backup topic on page 185 for more
information.
Install/Replace the
VEMS license file
Use this option, as directed, to install a Portal Server license file. If
not installed you will not be able to run the Portal Server.
Install/Replace the
Network Video
Recorder license file
A Network Video Recorder is a standalone recorder option that
can speed up recording operations and/or enhance Portal Server
performance (see VEMS Network Video Recorder on page 8). If
not installed there will be a "record" failure for more than two
concurrent record requests.
Install/Replace
Additional VEMS
licenses
Use this option to install or replace any of the Portal Server
licenses shown in Table 9 on page 19.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
Modify Host Name/ Use this option to modify certain values in web.config.
IP address stored in
VEMS Web.config file
• Auto-detect server Host Name – If you change the host
machine name, use this option to auto-detect the Portal Server
Host Name.
• Manually enter server Host Name or IP – If you change the
host machine name, use this option to manually enter the Portal
Server Host Name. This name must match the machine name
on which Portal Server is installed.
• Enter external IP/Host Name – Used to configure an Internet
Link for the "Share Media" feature in the client application (a
LAN Link is configured by default and always present). Enter a
valid external IP address for your VEMS server to display an
"Internet" link on the client page; blank out the field to remove
the link. When content sharing is enabled, Portal Server users
can share any stored content or live streams by clicking the
envelope icon
to the right of the stream title.
The Share Media external Internet Link will only be displayed
for content accessible to Internet users. Content not accessible
by Internet users will only have the internal LAN Link . Internet
users are defined in "Assign LAN/Internet Address Range(s)"
on the Global Assignments page. If no Internet users are
defined, the external IP link will not shown for any content.
Add Serial Number
keys for Redundant
Server and Reporter.
Required for optional VEMS Backup and VEMS Reporter
components. If not installed, these applications will not run.
Uninstall VEMS
Remove all VEMS Portal Server components. You are prompted to
save the database as desired.
Install/Replace License Files
You are prompted to install serial numbers and license files(.lic) as part of the Portal Server
installation process. Different Portal Server functionality is available depending on the type
of license you purchase and install. (For example if you do not install a Scheduler license, you
will not see a Scheduler option in the Portal Server client application.) After initial
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
17
installation you can install a different license as necessary using Programs and Features
functionality in Windows Web Server 2008. All of the different license files are explained in
Table 9.
18
T
To install or replace VEMS license files:
1.
2.
Go to Start > Control Panel > Programs and Features > VBrick Enterprise Media System .
Click the Uninstall/Change button.
3.
Select an option or click Install/Replace additional VEMS license files and click Next to
see more license options. See Table 9 Portal Server License Files for a description of
each license file.
4.
A serial number is required for some components (for example Redundant Server and
Reporter). Enter a serial number and confirm if necessary. If the serial number window
pops up and is already filled in, click Next to continue. If the serial number field is empty,
enter the serial number you received from VBrick Support Services (or from the "License
Activation Keys & Serial Numbers" card that was included with the VEMS Product CD),
and click Next .
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
5.
6.
When prompted, navigate to the folder with your license (.lic ) file. License files are
obtained by using the "License Activation Keys & Serial Numbers" card included with
the Product CD. The "Software License Activation" document, also included, explains
how to activate your licenses using these keys. Note that multiple license files may be
shown if you purchased optional VEMS components. Select the appropriate license file. (For
more about license files, see "Installing Serial Numbers and License Files" in the Portal
Server Admin Guide.)
Repeat these steps for each VEMS component. When done, manually close the window
and launch the application. There is no need to restart the host machine.
Table 9. Portal Server License Files
License File
Description
Scheduler
Enables the broadcast or recording of future the Add option will not be
events. See the VEMS Portal Server User
shown Scheduler page in client
Guide for more information.
application.
Channel Guide
Enables access to the Channel Guide Server there will be no TV Stations or
for TV Stations that are typically provided by access to the Channel Guide
a third-part content provider.
server.
Player
The embedded Windows Media Player has a popup message will be
restrictions on the number of licensed users. displayed when you try to
Use this option to select a license file that
launch a stream.
modifies the number of allowed users for
various MPEG-1/2/4 streams.
Content
Used to install third-party content purchased the purchased content ingestion
from VBrick.
will fail.
Distribution Server
you will be unable to
Use to install one or more Distribution
Server license files. See Distribution Servers communicate with the
topic on page 9.
distribution servers.
Presentation
Used to create rich media presentations with the Create Presentation feature
will not be available in client
PowerPoint slides and a video stream.
application.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
If not installed ...
19
License File
Description
If not installed ...
Zones
Determines how many Zones you can
configure.
the Add Zone button will be
greyed out once you configure
the number of licensed zones.
SharePoint
Lets you display a list of a list of streams
the configured SharePoint page
from a VEMS VOD server on a SharePoint will display an error message
page.
rather than a list of streams.
Transcoder
Used to transcode various file types to
Windows Media or H.264.
the Transcoding feature will not
be available on the Add Video
page.
Admin Console Login
The VEMS Portal Server can be administered from Windows-based PCs using Internet
Explorer 7.0 or higher only. The Admin Console pages are best viewed at 1024x768
resolution. The Admin Console is not supported on Macintoshes or IP Receiver, or with
Firefox or other browsers. In order to access the administrative functions enter the following
address in the Internet Explorer browser of the PC where myserveraddress is the host name
or IP address of the VEMS Portal Server. The session will timeout after 20 minutes of
inactivity. admin is both the default user name and password.
http://myserveraddress/admin/
Note As a standard best practice, VBrick recommends changing the default administrator
User Name and Password. Go to Global Settings > Global Assignments on the Admin
Console.
20
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Introduction
Admin Console Options
Login to the VEMS Portal Server Admin pages with a valid user name and password to
display the following window. This window provides access to all admin configuration
options.
Table 10. Admin Options
Option
Description
Getting Started
The VEMS Portal Server splash page shown above.
Global Settings
Provides system-wide configuration parameters to connect to
VBrick encoders and VOD servers as well as to customize the look
of the VEMS Portal Server pages.
Channels
Lets you define TV stations and custom stations that obtain
programming data from a third-party provider.
Modify VOD Content Provides the ability to Move, Rename, or Delete assets on the
VEMS-VOD Video-on-Demand server. (Not supported on some
legacy NXG servers.)
Diagnostics
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
Displays system log messages by source, time, and (generally) IP
address.
21
Option
Description
Status
Shows the status of events in progress including recordings, Add
Video commands, ingestion to the VOD server, and FTP
downloads.
Expired Content Log
Shows all expired content still present on the Portal Server. Use
Purge All to delete unwanted content.
Access Control
Provides the ability to limit access to the VEMS Portal Server
system to different users or groups of users.
Users †
Used in conjunction with Access Control to limit access to the
VEMS Portal Server system to different users.
User Groups †
Used in conjunction with Access Control to limit access to the
VEMS Portal Server system to different groups of users.
Resource Groups †
Used in conjunction with Access Control to group resources which
can then be provided to users or user groups.
Digital Signage ††
Used to combine video streaming and digital signage content into
one delivery system.
Help
Displays the VEMS Portal Server online help system in a new
window.
About
Displays the VEMS version number as well as the license and serial
number status for each installed module.
Logout
Logs out the user who is currently logged in.
† Users, User Groups, and Resource Groups are only displayed if Access Control is
enabled. See Users and User Groups topic on page 131 for a description of these
functions.
†† VBrick Digital Signage is a standalone, web-based application. See Digital Signage on
page 129 for more information.
Internet Explorer 7.0 Configuration
The Admin Console and the Portal Server user interface support the browsers shown in
Table 3 and in Table 5. When using Internet Explorer 7.0, there are additional security
settings required for compatibility with the Portal Server.
T
To configure the Portal Server for Internet Explorer 7.0:
1.
2.
Go to Tools > Internet Options > Security and select Custom level .
Under Active X controls and plugins set the following parameters:
•
•
•
Allow previously unused ActiveX controls to run without prompt
•
•
•
Download signed ActiveX controls
Automatic prompting for ActiveX controls
– Enable
– Disable
Display video and animation on a webpage that does not use external media player
–
Enable
22
Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins
– Prompt
– Enable
Script ActiveX controls marked as safe for scripting
– Enable
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 2
Global Settings
Global Settings include configuration settings and parameters that apply to the entire system.
Global Settings include all of the following.
Topics in this section
Global Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Custom Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stream Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
VBricks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Presentation Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
IP Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Script Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
URLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Priority Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Manage Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Access Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Transcode Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Global Assignments
Global Assignment are listed below. Most are self-explanatory and consist of text boxes
where you enter appropriate values.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
23
Figure 4. Global Assignments
24
Item
Description
Define IP Receiver Startup
Channel
When an IP Receiver (in VEMS Portal Server Start mode)
accesses the Watch Live Media page, it can be set to
automatically play a defined channel in the Preview Window.
Highlight that channel from the list and click Submit. If
there are no channels listed, channels must first be defined
as Customized Live Streams.
Change Admin User Name
Change the default admin user name of admin. Use any
combination of alphanumeric and special characters except
slashes, quotes, or commas.
Change Admin Password
Change the default admin password of admin. Use any
combination of alphanumeric and special characters except
slashes, quotes, or commas.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Item
Description
Define FTP User Name
VEMS Portal Server is defaulted for "anonymous" FTP
access which is configured in Windows IIS Default FTP Site.
If a more secure FTP access is desired, the User Name can
be changed in IIS (see the Windows Server documentation
for details). The same User Name should be entered here.
Use any combination of alphanumeric and special characters
except slashes, quotes, or commas.
Define FTP User Password
VEMS Portal Server is defaulted to "vbrickuser " FTP access
which is configured in Windows IIS Default FTP Site. If a
more secure FTP access is desired, the Password can be
changed in IIS (see the Windows Server documentation for
details). The same Password should be entered here. Use any
combination of alphanumeric and special characters except
slashes, quotes, or commas.
Define a Record Duration
Applies to the on-demand Record pushbutton only (not to
scheduled recording). Defines the maximum duration
(default 120 minutes) allowed for a continuous recording.
Maximum record duration limited only by size of hard drive.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
25
Item
Description
Customize Logo and
Branding
This feature let's you brand the Portal Server with a custom
image and text of your choice. Use this built-in design editor
to replace the default banner image (vemsbranding.jpg ) and
the customizable text that is superimposed on the banner.
You can also check Use Edu-Skin to use a banner
(vemsbrandingEduSkin.jpg ) custom-designed for education
environments. This image is in C:\Program
Files\VBrick\MCS\VemsImages. Uncheck to use default
VBrick image.
The editor has Submit, Preview, and Reset buttons. Use
to see how your changes will look; use Reset Default
Branding to discard your changes and revert to the initial
VEMS branding; use Submit to actually publish your changes
to the Portal Server. The Submit button will save your
changes to the database and update the live Portal Server
page. Always be sure to preview your changes in the Portal Server
before and after a "submit."
The editor has a Design view with extensive formatting
controls like Microsoft Word and an HTML view for
experienced HTML users. Use one or both editors to
customize the Portal Server page that your end users will
actually see. Experiment with the controls: you can add
images, insert hyperlinks, and customize the style, color, and
font of the text as necessary. You can also use an outside
editor like Front Page and then paste and test the generated
HTML code in the Portal Server editor. Experienced web
developers are also free to add custom CSS and Javascript.
See the Portal Server Customization Guide on the VBrick
Product Documentation web page for more information.
This document explains in detail how to add custom CSS
and Javascript files to VEMS.
Preview
26
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Item
Description
Change Announcement
Addresses
Changing these from the defaults is highly discouraged and should
only be done if advised by a VBrick technician or Network
Administrator. Changes the Management, Multicast, and
RTSP addresses on which Announcements (SAPs) are
received. By default all VBrick devices are set to the same
addresses and ports as the defaults in VEMS Portal Server.
These have to match on all devices for proper functionality.
Change Announcement
Filter
Filters SAP announcements so that only the specified IP
addresses are shown on the Live Media page in VEMS Portal
Server. Wildcards are allowed. For example 255.*.*.* displays
only those addresses in the range 255.0.0.0 –
255.255.255.255.
Assign LAN/Internet
Address Range(s)
Define the range(s) of IP addresses that define the LAN or
the Internet domain for the first two zones available at your
site. (See Zones on page 93 to configure any additional
zones.) Mixed or duplicate IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are
supported. Any IP addresses outside the range are assumed to
be from the domain you did not select. Check one option
and, if necessary, use the text box to enter the range(s)
separated by a comma, a semicolon, or a new line. For more
information, see VEMS Internet-Based Servers on page 7.
Note: If your network has IPv6-enabled VEMS clients or
VEMS servers, you must define IPv6-style ranges, and
IPv4-style ranges, for all clients defined in the LAN/
Internet zone.
• All Users, Servers, and VBricks are in the LAN Domain
(default).
• All Users, Servers, and VBricks are in the Internet
Domain.
• Specify LAN Address Range(s); assume users/servers/
VBricks outside this range(s) are in the Internet domain.
• Specify Internet Address Range(s); assume users/
servers/VBricks outside this range(s) are in the LAN
domain.
• Always use TCP protocol (HTTP Tunneling/RTMPT/
RTSP Interleaving) for MPEG-4, H.264, Flash and
Windows Media content – Use only with Internetcompatible (VOD-D, VOD-W, VOD-WM, Flash, and
Wowza) servers. If checked, the Portal Server will always
use HTTP tunneling or RTSP interleaving using the
HTTP Tunneling Port defined for the server (see Servers
on page 33 for more information). If checked, Flash
media will always be played back using RTMPT.
Note: Standard VBrick IP Receivers do not support
HTTP tunneling and will not play MPEG-4 content if
this option is selected.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
27
Item
Description
Assign Multicast Address
Range
Defines the current multicast IP address range and port
range. The default multicast IP range is 225.1.1.0–
239.128.255.255. The default port range is 1040–65534.
Assign VOD Polling Interval Not generally changed. Defines the interval at which the
Portal Server polls the VOD server(s) for new content
(default 120 minutes). This is only used to poll for content
added to the VOD from an interface other than VEMS Portal
Server. When adding a server, use Sync Now to sync the
program listings on the client Browse Video Library page
with the content on the new server.
Use Hide content for VOD Servers experiencing connection
problems to prevent end users from seeing unavailable
content and to enable rollover to the Default Server
Address(es) specified on the Zones page (see Zones on
page 93 for more information). Default = checked. If this
option is unchecked, there will be no rollover to default
servers in the event of a server failure.
28
Assign VoD Content
Ingestion Maximum
Defines the maximum number of simultaneous video files
that can be ingested to the VOD Video-on-Demand server.
The default is set to 2. Increasing the default may increase
the speed at which files will be transferred to the VOD
server, but may result in playback issues from the Video-onDemand server. VBrick recommends keeping the default of
2 for all supported VOD servers.
Assign Default Max.
Concurrent Viewers
Defines the default maximum concurrent viewers allowed for
new live or stored (VOD) content. An entry on the Stream
Restrictions page or the Modify VOD Content page will
override these value for live and stored streams respectively.
Set Expired VOD Content
Treatment
Specifies whether expired content will be kept or
automatically deleted at the expiration date.
Assign Content Expiration
Warning Recipients
Enter one or more semicolon separated e-mail address for
the person(s) responsible for renewing copyrighted or
otherwise protected content. When you configure or change
either the recipient or the mail server, the Portal Server will
attempt to send a test message. Check that this message is
successfully delivered. The Portal Server validates the e-mail
address but cannot detect other mail delivery failures. If the
user's mail box is full, for example, the message will not
reach its intended recipient to warn of impending content
expiration. For more about content expiration, see
Copyright Protection on page 2.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Item
Description
Assign Mail Server
Required field. SMTP mail server name used for Content
Expiration messages and Presentation invitations. (For an
example go to Microsoft Exchange > Tools > E-mail
Accounts > E-mail > Microsoft Exchange Server >
servername.) An e-mail to the assigned Content Expiration
Warning Recipient(s) is generated when you configure or
change this field.
If you enter a user name and password, these credentials will
be used to send e-mail to external domains that require user
authentication. If user name and password are blank, the
default network credentials are used. Note that in some
environments, the default credentials will not allow e-mail
delivery to domains outside the specified mail server host.
Assign Time Zone of Admin Most times shown in the client interface are converted to the
Console
user's local time zone. The times displayed for Custom
Programs in the Channel Guide and Diagnostics on the
Admin console however are displayed in the currently
selected time zone for the Admin Console. Use the
dropdown list box to select a time zone for the admin
console.
Assign Presentations
The Presentations User is a user who will be given
permission to publish presentations to specified folders and
VOD servers. The Presentation User must have access to all
VOD servers you will be publishing to and all Content
Publishing folders. See the "Configuring for Presentations"
topic in the Portal Server Admin Guide for more about
presentations.
Select Player for H.264/
MPEG-4 Content
Select the player to use for H.264/MPEG-4 content on
Windows/Macintosh clients:
• VBrick Player – users will be prompted to install a
VBrick plugin the first time they launch H.264/MPEG-4
content.
• Apple QuickTime Player – VBrick plugin not required.
Does not support access logging.
Assign AutoIngest
The current autoingest via XML user name that has access
and publishing rights to a VOD server. See AutoIngest
Content via XML on page 179 for more information.
Delete Recorded Files After
Ingestion
Used with scheduled recording and push button recording.
Specifies whether or not to delete the recorded file from the
NVR after ingestion. Enabled by default.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
29
30
Item
Description
Specify Components to
Download to Clients
This setting defines whether the Portal Server will download
additional components to client machines when the client
first makes contact with the Portal Server—before any
streams or assets are selected for playback (see Download
Components on page 10 for more information.) Any changes
to these settings apply to new client machines only and will not
affect previously configured machines. The settings here apply to
Internet and/or LAN users as defined in the Assign LAN/
Internet Address Range(s) in Global Assignments (see
above). The default is to download all components to all
clients. For Windows clients you can selectively choose any
combination of settings; for Macintosh clients, any one
selection will download all components for all clients.
• MPEG-2 Video Support – makes both MPEG-2 files
playable.
• MPEG-4/H.264 – makes MPEG-4/H.264 files playable.
• WM Video Support for Firefox on Windows PC – makes
Windows Media files playable on Firefox.
• 'Add Video' Utility – enables or disables the "add video"
functionality on client machines.
MPEG-2 Packet Ordering
at Schedule End
Network hardware infrastructure determines the order in
which packets arrive at a destination. To improve video
quality, VBrick MPEG-2 appliances reorder packets by
default. Since this reordering can cause an increase in latency
and affect applications like video conferencing, you can set
packet ordering to disabled at schedule end.
Stored Schedule Mode
Used when creating a live broadcast schedule for stored
content. Note that the following parameters are "sticky."
They remain associated with the schedule even if the Stored
Schedule Mode is subsequently changed.
• Content Centric – content titles are shown; content
servers are not shown. The content is downloaded from
load-balanced servers. Use Content Centric when
creating stored schedules in large-scale implementations
where the system has multiple load-balanced VODs in
the same LAN and the Portal Server is in the same
domain.
• Server Centric – content servers are shown with a tree
control for selecting content. The content is downloaded
from a specific server and is not load balanced. Use
Server Centric in almost all implementations when stored
schedules are being created by an LDAP-authenticated
user.
External Player Mode
Windows only. Determines whether or not multiple streams
can be displayed by launching external player windows.
Default = Single. You can launch multiple windows but you
can only record one stream at a time.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Item
Description
Client Multiple Monitor
Setup
The Portal Server supports dual client monitors. However, if
you experience problems when using a second monitor,
disable the DirectX component VMR9.
Set Cisco ACNS Manifest
Options
Check the box to enable generation of a Cisco ACNS
Manifest File. (The Cisco ACNS server must be configured
to point to this file.) Select the files (MPEG-4 and/or WM)
to include in the file, and specify a Manifest Generation
Interval (default = 10 minutes) that defines how often the
file will be regenerated. Click Generate Now to create an "on
demand" file. ACNS copies all MPEG-4 and WM video files
to all (Windows Media, Darwin, and VOD-W) servers in
your VEMS system. Additional configuration steps are
required on the VOD-W server only. See
ACNS Configuration on page 207 for more about ACNS.
Display VOD File
Extensions
Check the box to display file extensions (for example .mp4
or .wmv) in the Portal Server Media Library.
VOD Server Storage
Options for H.264 Content
Select from the following options depending on your site
requirements. You will also need to reboot the VEMS server
before any change takes effect. (Note that if you purchased
AmiNET130 Set Top Boxes, they will only play H.264
Transport Stream files.)
• Store H.264 Transport Stream Only
• Store H.264 MP4 Only
• Store H.264 Transport Stream and H.264 MP4 Files
(default)
Change MySQL Password
This function lets you change the MySQL password for
VEMS database users. Before you can change the MySQL
password, you must enter the Admin Username (root) and
Admin Password (vbrick_18). For more information, see
MySQL on page 4. Note: A software upgrade reverts the
user name and password to root and vbrick_1. If you
previously changed the username and password, you will
have to repeat your changes after an upgrade.
VBrick Distributed
Media Engine
When playing files from a DME, set Playback Protocol for
.MP4 to RTMP (default) or RTSP. This flag sets the protocol
that VEMS will force when playing back H.264 files. Since
VEMS can't differentiate between .mp4 and H.264 files, it
will assume (by default) that .mp4 files are H.264 files, and if
the RTMP flag is set, will play the file using the Flash player.
As a result, when the Playback Protocol is set to the RTMP
default, playback of .mp4p2 files will fail. Note that even if
RTMP is selected, set top boxes, playlists, and presentations
will still use RTSP for playback.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
31
Custom Fields
Custom fields are used to add additional fields to the Info pages associated with stored
videos and live broadcast streams. All stored videos, and those live streams that have been
"customized," have an Info hyperlink. By default, the Info page has fields for Description and
Tags. The Custom Fields functionality lets you add additional "custom" fields that are
appropriate to your business or application. This lets you provide more information on the
page and it also makes it easier to search for specific streams. (All defined fields are listed in
the dropdown list box next to the Search button.)
When you add a custom field using this function, the field is available to administrators as a
selection on the Modify Custom Station page (see Add Custom Stations on page 108). It is
also available to end users as the Modify Info button on the Info pages associated with stored
videos (if they have content publishing permissions).
T
To create a Custom Field:
1.
Go to Global Settings > Custom Fields.
2.
Enter a Field Name and a Field Type. If you select Dropdown , you can add items one at a
time followed by Add Item . These items will populate a dropdown list box on the Add
Custom Stations page.
When done, click Add Custom Field . The field will be added to the panel at the top of the
window; it will also be available as an option when you are customizing a stream.
3.
32
Add/Modify
Custom Field
This panel shows the existing custom fields that have previously been
defined.
Field Name
The field name you want to display on the Info page for this stream or
video.
Field Type
This determines how the field will be displayed on the viewer Info
page, either as a text field or as a dropdown list box.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Stream Restrictions
Use this page to set and the viewing period for live stream recordings and the maximum
number of concurrent viewers. There are no default expiration dates for live streams when a
recording is made but administrators can automatically set the content from a specific stream
to expire by setting a viewing period. For more about content expiration see Copyright
Protection on page 2.
Live Stream
Click on any live stream shown in the list to populate this field.
Max. Concurrent
Viewers
Set the maximum number of concurrent viewers for this stream to
unlimited or any number greater than zero.
Viewing Period of
Stream Recordings
Set the length of the viewing period for a file recorded with this
stream in hours, days, weeks, months, or years. The file will no
longer be available for viewing at the end of the period and will be
deleted or saved as configured in Global Assignments > Set Expired
VOD Content Treatment.
Servers
Use the Servers page to add or modify VOD servers, FTP servers, and file servers. You can
also add or modify VOD Content Folders associated with each VOD server. Note that you
can cluster multiple servers to increase throughput: the VEMS Portal Server will
automatically load balance all servers defined on the Servers page; no additional
configuration is necessary. Note that content added by users in the Internet zone will only be
ingested to VOD servers in the Internet zone for which they have permissions. Content
added by users in the LAN zone will be ingested to all VOD servers for which they have
permissions. See VEMS VOD Servers on page 6 for more about VEMS servers.
Add VOD-W Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
33
Note After adding a server, it may take up to 20 minutes for new server content to be
displayed in the VEMS Portal Server. To make content available immediately, go to
Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign VOD Polling Interval and click Sync
Now.
Add VOD-WM Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Add VOD-D Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Add QuickTime Streaming Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Add FTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Add File Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Add Wowza Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Add Adobe Flash Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Add NXG Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Add DME Media Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Add LifeSize Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
The following window (Figure 5) shows an example of the Servers page. It shows the
parameters that will be displayed if you choose to add a VOD-W server. The options on the
page will vary depending on which type of server you select from the dropdown list. Most of
the fields described below are common to all servers. For parameters that are unique to a
specific server type, refer to the actual description of that server on the pages that follow.
Note that when defing a server, if your network supports Windows 98 users, you must use the
IP address of the VOD server—not the host name. After selecting a Server Type VBrick
recommends you keep the default settings for FTP Password, Publishing Local Path,
Publishing Directory, etc. unless there is a compelling reason to change them. Nor is it
necessary to create a Streaming Alias. Leave this parameter blank unless you are using HTTP
Tunneling.
34
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Figure 5. Add VOD-W Server
Number of Connection
Licenses
Enter the number of VOD servers you purchased from VBrick.
Default = 0. When purchasing a VOD server from VBrick, you
are allowed one connection license per server. If you wish to use a
VOD server purchased elsewhere, you must buy a connection
license from VBrick for each connected server to comply with
licensing requirements.
IP or Domain
This is the primary IP address or Host Name of the VOD server
for LAN users (see also Secondary Server Address below). The
Server Name or IP address entered into the VEMS Portal Server
must be accessible by the VEMS Portal Server. (If the network
supports Windows 98 users, you must use the IP address.)
Server Description
This allows the administrator to define a descriptor such as
location.
FTP User Name
This is the FTP user name that the Portal Server uses when
publishing content to the server. The default user name for NXG,
VOD-D, VOD-WM, and FTP servers is vbrickuser. The default
user name for VOD-W servers is anonymous. The FTP User
Name refers to a user account that already exists on the server. If
the FTP User Name is changed on any VOD server, it must be
changed here as well. Use any combination of alphanumeric and
special characters.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
35
36
Server Type
To add a server to the VEMS configuration select one of the
following options from the dropdown list:
• VOD-W – Windows-based InfoValue VOD server.
• VOD-D – Darwin Open Source server for Windows, or
Macintosh. Ingests and plays MPEG4 content only. Requires
an FTP server.
• VOD-WM-Enterprise – Microsoft Windows Media Server
(unicast or multicast). Requires an FTP server.
• VOD-WM-Standard – Microsoft Windows Media Server
(unicast only). Requires an FTP server.
• FTP – Use FTP only if you want to copy from the Recorder
server to another FTP server in which case it records to
ftp:\root.
• File-Server – Any Windows computer with an FTP server
running can be configured as a progressive download file
server.
• Wowza-Server – Wowza Server 2 Flash Media Server supports
H.264 and FLV files.
• Flash Media Server – Adobe's proprietary media server
works with the Flash player runtime environment.
• NXG – Linux-based Kasenna VOD server. This legacy device
is no longer supported.
• DME-Media Engine – VBrick's Distributed Media Engine
provides reflecting, media transformation, and VOD storage.
• Lifesize – Provides access to live and stored streams on a
Lifesize server.
FTP Password
The FTP password the Portal Server uses when publishing
content to the server. The default FTP password for VOD-W,
VOD-D, VOD-WM, and FTP servers is vbrickuser. If the FTP
Password is changed on the server, it must be changed here as
well. Use any combination of alphanumeric and special
characters.
Publishing Local Path
Maps the Publishing Directory to the physical location on the
VOD server.
Publishing Directory
Used for Add Video, FTP, or Record. The logical path to a folder
under FTP root. This is the staging area on the VOD server from
which files are ingested to the destination folder.
Streaming Alias (IP or
Domain)
Some content hosts (PowerStream, Akamai, etc.) use one host
name for FTPing and indexing content, and another host name
for streaming content. If necessary, use this field to identify the
host name alias for streaming content. Be aware that if you specify a
Streaming Alias here, it overrides all other addresses (LAN and
Internet) that have been defined for streaming content. In other words,
one alias is used for all streaming for all users.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
HTTP Tunneling Port
VOD-W, VOD-WM and VOD-D servers can stream to clients via
the HTTP protocol. By default this uses port 80. If another
process on the server (for example a web server) is also using the
HTTP protocol, there will be a conflict on this port. This setting
lets you select a different port (1–65535 with limitations) to be
used when streaming via HTTP. This setting must correspond
with the port setting on the server. See "Assign LAN/Internet
Address Range > Always use TCP protocol for MPEG-4
content" in Global Assignments on page 23.
Secondary Server
Address
A VOD server can have two addresses: one for Internet users and
one for LAN users (see also IP or Domain name above). This is
the secondary server address for Internet users. It is the IP
address or domain name of a second NIC or a NAT.
Add VOD-W Server
A sample page for a VOD-W server is shown in Figure 5. The following parameters are
unique to VOD-W servers.
Enable URL Password
Protection
Check to enable an encryption key in the URL for added security.
Default = unchecked.
Web Service Port
(HTTP)
The Portal Server and the VOD-W communicate using a web
service configured to use port 80 by default. If you choose to
tunnel over port 80, you must use a different port for the web
service communication using this parameter. You must configure
the VOD-W to use this same port for the web service. See "Using
HTTP Tunneling" in the VOD-W Admin Guide for more details.
Ingest H.264
Default = checked. If checked, and the input file is an H.264
Transport Files To This transport file, it will be ingested to this server; if the input file is
Server
an H.264 MP4, it will be converted to an H.264 transport file and
ingested to the server. If unchecked, no H.264 transport files will
be ingested to this server.
Ingest H.264
MP4 Files To This
Server
Default = checked. If checked, and the input file is an H.264
MP4, the file will be ingested to this server; if the input file is an
H.264 transport file, it will be converted to an H.264 MP4 and
ingested to the server. If unchecked, no H.264 MP4 files will be
ingested to this server.
Support HTTP
Tunneling?
VOD-W only. Determines whether or not the server supports
HTTP tunneling. Default = checked. Go to Global Assignments
to actually enable HTTP tunneling. See "Assign LAN/Internet
Address Range > Always use TCP protocol for MPEG-4
content" in Global Assignments on page 23. Uncheck if you are
using a VOD-W server installed before Portal Server v4.2.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
37
Enable URL Password
Protection
VOD-W only. Default = unchecked. To enable URL password
protection, check the box and enter and confirm a password. The
password must match the password configured on the VOD-W server.
Default password = vbrickkey. If checked, all video requests sent
to VOD-W servers by the VEMS Portal Server will have a
security token embedded in the URL. The VOD-W server will
validate and deny the request if the token is absent or invalid.
Add VOD-WM Server
Although the VOD-WM Enterprise server supports numerous multicast types, the Portal
Server creates and displays only "File" multicasts which stream a single file. A Windows
Media server administrator can create other multicast types using the Windows Media
Services interface but these multicast types are not supported and may not be displayed in the
Media Library. Note that the Free Space option (see below) is only available if you run the
EnableQueryDiskSpace.reg utility.
Figure 6. Add VOD-WM Server
Domain or
When the VEMS Portal Server and the VOD-WM server reside in the
Machine Name same domain, this is the name of that domain. When workgroups are
being used, this is the machine name of the VOD-WM server. Note: the
machine name is not the IP address of the server.
38
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
User Name
The name of a valid user that has administration privileges on the
VOD-WM server or the network domain. If the VOD-WM Server is
within a domain, the name entered here will be a domain user. That
domain user must have administration privileges on the VOD-WM Server.
If the VOD-WM Server is part of a workgroup, the name entered here will
be a local user with administration privileges on the VOD-WM Server. A
local user with administrator privileges having the same name must also
exist on the VEMS Portal Server.
Note: The VEMS Portal Server and VOD-WM Server(s) must all be within
a domain or part of a workgroup. Any topology that mixes servers in
domains and servers in workgroups will not work or will be extremely
slow.
User Password
The valid password of the user specified above.
Check Disk
Space
Default = unchecked. If checked, the Portal Server will periodically check
the available disk space remaining on the server machine. Uncheck this
box if the server is in the Internet zone, if there is a firewall between it and
the Portal Server, or if the server is not a Windows server (the disk space
check capability is only available to Windows servers and the Flash Media
and Wowza servers can run on other platforms).
WM Publishing Name
Points
Source
The publishing point (default = VBP) on the VOD-WM
server where content will be accessed and managed by the
VEMS Portal Server. Note: this setting must correspond to an
existing , valid publishing point on the server.
Local path to the publishing point. Default = d:/wmpub/
Do not change for first publishing point.
WMRoot .
FTP
Directory
Path to user-created FTP directory. See Creating a VOD-WM
FTP Server.
Low Space Optional. Default = 20 MB. If the available disk space on this
Threshold publishing point is less than the specified value, the
publishing point with the largest amount of free space will be
used.
Free Space Optional. This option automatically calculates the free space
(in GB) available on disk when you add a new publishing
point or refresh the publishing point list. This feature can
consume server resources and is disabled by default. To
enable (or disable) this option (on VOD-WM servers or File
Servers), go to <install_dir>\program files\VBrick\MCS\utils,
run EnableQueryDiskSpace.reg or DisableQueryDiskSpace.reg
respectively, and reboot the server when done.
Adding Publishing Points to a VOD-WM Server
In a typical scenario, first you configure the publishing point on the Windows Media server,
then you configure the publishing point on the Portal Server with matching values. Additional
publishing points are required to make content available when you add disk space to a
Windows Media server. As shown on the previous window, a Windows Media Server
supports multiple publishing points. In this context, publishing points are used to discover your
content via FTP. Use the following steps, in the order shown, to create a new publishing
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
39
point. Note that as explained below, you must create a virtual FTP directory in IIS for each
publishing point on the WM Server.
T
To add a publishing point:
1.
Create an FTP server on the WM server. See Creating a VOD-WM FTP Server on
page 40.
Create a publishing point on the WM Server.
a. Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Windows Media Services.
b. Right-click on the server_name and select Add Publishing Point (Wizard) .
c. Add a meaningful publishing point name and click Next.
d. Select Files (digital media or playlists) in a directory and click Next.
e. Select On-demand publishing point and click Next.
f. Specify the location of your content, for example d:\WMPub\WMRoot and click Next.
g. Skip through the remaining steps and click Finish when done.
To create a virtual directory on the WM server for this publishing point:
a. Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
b. Navigate to the Default FTP Website. Right-click and select New > Virtual Directory.
c. For Alias, use the Publishing Point name from Step 3 above and click Next.
d. Enter the path to the content directory for this FTP site and click Next.
e. Allow Read and Write permissions and click Next.
f. Click Finish when done.
In the Portal Server, configure the publishing point Name, Source, and FTP Directory to
match the values you used for the publishing point on the Windows Media server.
2.
3.
4.
Note • The publishing point name within a server must be unique. You cannot add a
publishing point that already exists in VEMS database.
• The publishing point FTP directory within a server must be unique.
• If free space information is available at the time a publishing point is added, it must
be greater than the entered Low Space Threshold .
• Publishing points located within another publishing point are not supported
although publishing points on the same drive are supported. For example, two
publishing points with Source c:\pub1 and c:\pub2 are supported but two
publishing points with Source c:\pub1 and c:\pub1\pub2 are not supported.
Creating a VOD-WM FTP Server
If you are using a VOD-WM-Enterprise or VOD-WM-Standard (Microsoft Windows Media)
server, you must install and configure a standard FTP server on the VOD-WM server as
explained below. (For more about Microsoft Windows Media servers see VEMS VOD
Servers on page 6.)
T
To create a Microsoft Windows Media FTP server:
On the Microsoft Windows Media Server :
1.
2.
3.
40
Install the FTP server.
Set the default FTP directory to the Microsoft Windows Media Server's default
Publishing Point directory.
Create and configure an FTP user account with full permissions (read/write, rename/
delete etc.) on the directory specified above. If using the VBrick default, this account's
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
4.
user name is vbrickuser and the password is vbrickuser. Hint: use the settings of the
anonymous account as an example.
Verify that the directory specified in Step 2 above is set to allow the FTP user account
full permissions.
On the Portal Server :
5.
When the Microsoft Windows Media Server is created or modified, specify the user name
and password created in Step 3 above in the FTP User Name and FTP Password fields on
the Add/Modify VOD/FTP Servers page.
Add VOD-D Server
A Darwin Streaming Server runs on Windows Server and other platforms and is configured
on the Portal Server Admin pages. A Darwin server is the open source version of Apple's
QuickTime Streaming Server. It is supported by the open source community and not by
Apple. Darwin servers are compatible with Windows and Macintosh desktops. They ingest
and play MPEG-4 content only and require an FTP server (see Creating a VOD-D FTP
Server on page 41.) For more about downloading, installing, and configuring a Darwin
server, go to http://developer.apple.com/opensource/server/streaming/index.html
Creating a VOD-D FTP Server
If you are using a VOD-D (Darwin) server, you must install and configure a standard FTP
server on the VOD-D server as explained below. (For more about Darwin servers see VEMS
VOD Servers on page 6.)
T
To create a Darwin FTP server:
On the Darwin Server :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install a standard FTP server on port 21.
Set the default FTP directory to the Darwin Server's Media Folder directory (also called
the Publishing Point) or create a virtual directory of the FTP root pointing to the Darwin
server's Media Folder.
Create and configure an FTP user account with full permissions (read/write, rename/
delete etc.) on the directory created above. If using the VBrick default, this account's user
name is vbrickuser and the password is vbrickuser. Hint: use the settings of the
anonymous account as an example.
Verify that the directory created in Step 2 above is set to allow the FTP user account full
permissions.
On the Portal Server :
5.
When the Darwin Server is created or modified, specify the user name and password
created in Step 3 above in the FTP User Name and FTP Password fields on the Add/Modify
VOD/FTP Servers page.
Add QuickTime Streaming Server
A QuickTime Streaming Server (QTSS) is a Unix-based device that runs on Mac OS X. QTSS
is delivered as part of Mac OS X Server and provides enhanced administration and media
management tools that are not available as part of the open source project. The following
instructions explain how to configure a QuickTime Server so that it is fully compatible with
the VBrick Portal Server. When properly configured, the Portal Server will recognize, display,
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
41
and play content stored on the QTSS and will record content to the QTSS. A QuickTime
Streaming service is part of Mac OS X Server. It is not related to the Portal Server
application and is configured separately. This procedure has been tested on Mac OS X 10.5. It
may work on other Mac OS X versions but this has not been verified by VBrick.
Note This procedure explains how to configure the QTSS to work with the VEMS Portal
Server. It assumes you have a working administrator knowledge of Mac OS X. You can
use other methods but this is the only method used and tested by VBrick.
A typical installation of QuickTime Streaming Service (QTSS) under Mac OS X Server will
set the default content to be served from \Library\QuickTimeStreaming\Movies. A typical
installation of FTP service will set the default Authenticated users see to FTP Root And Share
Points and the FTP Root to /Library/FTPServer/FTPRoot . These defaults must be modified as
explained below.
T
To configure a QuickTime Streaming Server:
On the Mac QuickTime Server
1. Create another user in the Mac OS X environment naming it for example content and set
the home folder for this user to /Users.
2. Create a folder under /Users/content called videos.
3. Open a Terminal window in Mac OS X and login as the administrator e.g su
4. In the Terminal window, navigate to the content folder: cd /Users/content
5. In the Terminal window, set the permissions to allow the world to read/write to the
videos folder: chmod 777 videos
6. In the Terminal window, navigate to the QuickTime Streaming Service publishing point:
cd /Library/QuickTimeStreaming/Movies
7.
In the Terminal window, create a link to the videos folder: ln
8.
Open the Server Admin interface to manage the FTP service. Go to Advanced , set
Authenticated Users see to Home Directory Only using the dropdown, and then click
Save.
–s /Users/content/videos
videos
9.
If you will be using this QuickTime Streaming server exclusively with the Portal Server
click on QuickTime Streaming and append videos to Media directory path. If you will not
be using this QuickTime server exclusively with the Portal Server, skip this step and add
a Streaming Alias when configuring the Portal Server in Step 4 below.
10. Save and restart the server when done.
42
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
On the VBrick Portal Server
1. Open the Portal Server Admin Console and go to Global Settings > Servers.
2. Add a VOD-D server with the IP address, FTP User Name = content , and FTP
Password.
3. Set the Publishing Directory folder to /videos.
4. If you skipped Step 9 above when configuring the QTSS, configure a Streaming Alias for
server_name/videos or ip_ address/videos.
5. After successfully completing these steps you will be able to read and write content from
the QuickTime server.
Add FTP Server
Use FTP only if you want to copy from the Recorder server to another FTP server in which
case it records to ftp:\root.
Figure 7. Add FTP Server
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
43
FTP H.264
Default = checked. If checked, and the input file is an H.264
Transport Files To This transport file, it will be FTPed to this server; if the input file is an
Server
H.264 MP4, it will be converted to an H.264 transport file and
FTPed to the server. If unchecked, no H.264 transport files will
be FTPed to this server.
FTP H.264
MP4 Files To This
Server
Default = checked. If checked, and the input file is an H.264
MP4, it will be FTPed to this server; if the input file is an H.264
transport file, it will be converted to an H.264 MP4 and FTPed to
the server. If unchecked, no H.264 MP4 files will be FTPed to
this server.
Using Secure FTP
VBrick's FTP client supports secure FTP connections from the end user (client), Portal
Server and NVR to the VOD servers. This is accomplished using FTP over SSL (FTPS
protocol). Having a client that supports FTPS however, is not enough to have secure FTP
connections throughout the system. The FTP servers on all VOD servers also need to
support FTPS for a secure connection to exist. If a secure connection cannot be established,
the client will revert to the standard FTP protocol. The FTP server on Windows platforms
(IIS) does not currently support FTPS. Therefore, to have secure connections, you must install a
third-party add-in on all Windows VOD servers. Of the various solutions available, VBrick
recommends FTP Guardian. FTP Guardian is a wrapper for IIS that serves as a proxy
between a secure client and an unsecured IIS. You change the FTP port of IIS to an arbitrary
port (10021 for example), then you start the FTP Guardian service. It binds to port 21 and all
incoming FTP clients communicate using a secure front that proxies the calls to IIS on port
10021. Be aware that this add-on, for Windows servers only, is not sold or supported by
VBrick. It requires a server wrapper and additional .dlls.
T
To install FTP Guardian:
1.
2.
3.
Go to http://www.tcpdata.com/ftpg_license.shtml
Click and run Download ftp Guardian Server Wrapper - 600K on the VOD server.
Click Download SSL Libraries - 380K on the VOD server.
Then open the .zip file and copy libeay32.dll and ssleay32.dll into C:\Program
Files\ftpgs
Add File Server
Any Windows computer with an FTP server running can be configured as a progressive
download file server. Progressive download is a method of delivering audio and video that
involves caching and playing the downloaded portion of a file while a download is still in
progress via FTP. Recorded WM files are automatically ingested to all VOD and file servers if
the user has access rights and publishing permissions. A progressive download file server can
provide secure (encrypted) playback if configured for SSL. (Note: You can also use a WM or
H.264 encoder with a hard drive for progressive download. See VBrick Configuration on
page 58 for more about progressive download.) Note that the Free Space option (see
parameter description) is only available if you run the EnableQueryDiskSpace.reg utility.
Adding MIME Types
By default, Windows Server 2003/2008 does not set MIME types for .mp4, .f4v, .m4v, .flv,
and .m4a extensions. This means that if the server is added as a File Server, and a VEMS
client attempts to play these files using HTTP, the client will display a "Connection error." To
44
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
workaround this issue, you will need to add the MIME types for these extensions to IIS on
the Windows Server 2003/2008 machine.
T
To add the MIME types to IIS:
1.
2.
3.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
In the navigation bar, go to Sites > Default Web Site > MIME types.
On the MIME Types page click Add .
4.
Using the information below, enter the File name extension, the MIME type, and click
Repeat for each MIME type.
OK .
Extension
MIME Type
.mp4
video/mp4
.f4v
video/mp4
.m4v
video/mp4
.flv
video/x-flv (Windows Server 20003 only)
.m4a
audio/mp4
Figure 8. Add File Server
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
45
46
Playback Protocol
• HTTP – Use HTTP if there is a web server running on the file
server. For details, see Using HTTP Playback below.
• FTP – Use FTP if there is no web server running on the file
server. For details, see Using FTP Playback below.
• Secure Playback – Use Secure Playback if the file server is
configured for SSL. For details, see Using Secure Playback below.
HTTP Playback Port
• 80 – default port for HTTP playback.
• 443 – default port for HTTPS playback. To use Secure Playback,
the file server must be configured for SSL.
Domain or Machine
Name
Displayed when Free Space option is enabled. When the Portal
Server and the file server reside in the same domain, this is the name
of that domain. When workgroups are being used, this is the
machine name of the file server. Note: the machine name is not the
IP address of the server.
User Name
Displayed when Free Space option is enabled. The name of a valid
user that has administration privileges on the file server or the
network domain. If the file server is within a domain, the name
entered here will be a domain user. That domain user must have
administration privileges on the file server. If the file server is part of
a workgroup, the name entered here will be a local user with
administration privileges on the file server. A local user with
administrator privileges having the same name must also exist on the
Portal Server.
Note: The VEMS Portal Server and file server(s) must all be within a
domain or part of a workgroup. Any topology that mixes servers in
domains and servers in workgroups will not work or will be
extremely slow.
User Password
Displayed when Free Space option is enabled. The valid password of
the user specified above.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Content Location
HTTP
Directory
Shown if playback protocol is HTTP. The virtual
directory on the file server where content will be
accessed and managed by the VEMS Portal Server.
Source
The complete path to the physical location of the
content on the file server.
FTP
Directory
Path to a user-created virtual FTP directory. See Add
FTP Server on page 43 for more information.
Low Space Optional. Default = 20 MB. If the available disk space
Threshold on this publishing point is less than the specified value,
the publishing point with the largest amount of free
space will be used.
Free Space Optional. This option automatically calculates the free
space (in GB) available on disk when you add a new
publishing point or refresh the publishing point list.
This feature can consume server resources and is
disabled by default. To enable (or disable) this option
(on VOD-WM servers or File Servers), go to
<install_dir>\program files\VBrick\MCS\utils, run
EnableQueryDiskSpace.reg or
DisableQueryDiskSpace.reg respectively, and reboot the
server when done.
Using HTTP Playback
If you select HTTP for Playback Protocol , Figure 9 shows sample content location. The FTP
server has three corresponding publishing directories that map to three local paths. These
publishing directories are needed for the Portal Server to discover contents in the file server
and to publish new content. The file server also has a web server running with three
corresponding HTTP directories that map to those three local paths. The Portal Server
constructs an HTTP URL for each file and the Portal Server client downloads the file from
the web server inside the file server. By default, HTTP is played back over Port 80.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
47
Figure 9. Content Location for HTTP Playback
Using FTP Playback
If you select FTP for Playback Protocol , Figure 10 shows sample content location. In the
example there are three folders: c:\Pub1 , c:\Pub2 and d:\Pub3 . The FTP server has three
publishing directories that map to those three folders. (Note that only one publishing point is
actually required.) The Portal Server constructs an FTP URL for each file and the Portal
Server client downloads the file from the FTP server inside the file server. Multiple content
locations can on the same hard drive. For example, c:\pub1 and c:\pub2 are on drive C. This
is necessary to preserve the current file structure on the file server but you cannot create a
content location inside another content location. Secure FTP playback is not supported.
Note that Portal Server users cannot create thumbnails when Playback Protocol is set to FTP.
48
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Figure 10. Content Location for FTP Playback
Using Secure Playback
If you select Secure Playback for Playback Protocol , the file is progressively downloaded and
encrypted. In order to use secure playback, the file server must be configured for SSL with a
digital X.509 certificate from a trusted certificate authority. Secure download is only valid for
HTTPS. By default, HTTPS is played back over Port 443. Note that Portal Server users
cannot create thumbnails when Playback Protocol is set to Secure Playback.
Note A file server using secure playback can be configured with an IP address or a host
name. If the server certificate is issued for an IP address, you must use the IP address;
if issued for a host name, you must use the host name. Otherwise, the video will not
play and a message will indicate the security certificate was issued for a different
website.
Add Wowza Server
Wowza Media Server 2 is a high-performance, extensible, and interactive Flash media server
that also supports H.264 media. Wowza is an alternative to the Adobe Flash Media Server
product. Wowza Media Server Pro is a powerful and extensible Java-based server. It unifies
the multi-protocol, multi-player H.264 streaming into a single workflow, eliminating the need
for multiple player-specific encoders and servers. Wowza Server 2 is a Java-based application
that runs on any server platform that supports Java. It ingests and plays .mp3, .mp4, and .flv
files. VEMS manages Wowza media content using an FTP server running on the Wowza
server. You must define this FTP server as part of the installation. See Creating a Wowza FTP
Server on page 51 for details.
The Wowza Media Server 2 includes the ability to share a single server using a "virtual host"
configuration. Virtual hosts can be configured with their own system resource and streaming
limitations. For example, a server has only one IP address but it can have two virtual hosts,
each targeting a different group of users. You can add multiple Wowza server virtual hosts
from the same physical server to VEMS as long as they can be uniquely identified by their IP
address or domain host name. You can also add multiple applications belonging to the same
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
49
Wowza virtual host to the same Wowza server. Files added through VEMS will be added to
the first application's storage directory. The Wowza server supports the following Flash
content:
•
•
Stored VOD files – can be manually added from the VEMS client interface or auto
ingested by the server (see AutoIngest Content on page 177).
Live VOD streams – an be added by configuring a live stream URL (see Add/Modify a
URL for a Live Video Stream on page 81) from the Wowza server or by configuring the
encoder to send SAPs to the Portal Server. See the H.264 Appliance Admin Guide for
more about encoder SAPs.
Figure 11. Add Wowza Server
Playback
Protocol
Select from the following. The same protocol will be used for all Wowza
"applications" added to VEMS.
• RTMP – Standard, unencrypted Real Time Messaging Protocol.
• RTMPT – RTMP tunneled over HTTP.
• RTMPS – RTMP over SSL.
• RTMPE – Encrypted version of RTMP. RTMPE is faster than SSL
and does not require certificate management.
Port
Default = 1935 for all protocols. The same port will be used for all
Wowza "applications" added to VEMS.
Secondary Server A VOD server can have two addresses: one for Internet users and one
Address
for LAN users (see also IP or Domain name above). This is the secondary
server address for Internet users. It is the IP address or domain name of
a second NIC or a NAT.
50
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Wozwa
Applications
Name
The application name (default = vod) on the Wowza server
where content will be accessed and managed by the VEMS
Portal Server. The content path is C:\Program Files\Wowza
Media Systems\Wowza Media Server 2\applications \vod
Local Path Maps the Publishing Directory to the physical location on
the VOD server.
FTP
Directory
Path to user-created FTP directory. See Creating a Wowza
FTP Server.
Low Space Optional. Default = 20 MB. If the available disk space on
Threshold this publishing point is less than the specified value, the
publishing point with the largest amount of free space will
be used.
Free Space Optional. This option automatically calculates the free
space (in GB) available on disk when you add a new
publishing point or refresh the publishing point list. This
feature can consume server resources and is disabled by
default. To enable (or disable) this option (on VOD-WM
servers or File Servers), go to <install_dir>\program
files\VBrick\MCS\utils, run EnableQueryDiskSpace.reg or
DisableQueryDiskSpace.reg respectively, and reboot the
server when done.
Creating a Wowza FTP Server
To get started go to the Wowza website, download the Wowza Media Server application and
sign up and obtain a development license. Before you run the Wowza installer you will also
need to install the Java JRE and JDK on the server machine if not already present. When
creating a Wowza server you need to setup an FTP server on the Wowza server and create an
FTP virtual directory for each Wowza application storage directory. You also need to define
the relationship between the Wowza application and the FTP virtual directory. Figure 12
shows the relationship between the VEMS server and the Wowza server. The Wowza server
runs on a variety of operating system platforms; the following instructions explain how to set
up an FTP server using IIS on Windows Server 2003.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
51
Figure 12. Wowza VOD Server File Structure
T
To set up an FTP server:
1.
Enable the FTP Service (if not already enabled):
a. Go to Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
b. Click on Add/Remove Windows Components.
c. Click on Application Server and then Details.
d. Click on Internet Information Services (IIS) and then Details.
e. Check the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service box and OK .
f. Then complete the wizard and exit.
Optional. Configure FTP Server Security. This optional step disables anonymous
connections so that only authenticated users can access the server.
a. Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services.
b. Go to FTP Sites and then right-click and select Properties on the Default FTP Site.
c. Go to the Security Accounts tab and uncheck Allow Anonymous Connections.
Create a new FTP virtual directory mapped to the Wowza content folder.
a. Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Computer Management .
b. Go to Services and Applications > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager > FTP
Sites.
c. Right click on the Default FTP Site and select New > Virtual Directory.
d. Define the Virtual Directory Alias as VBP and click Next .
2.
3.
52
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
e.
Browse to the Wowza default content folder: C:\Program Files\Wowza Media
If the Wowza server has multiple
applications, you will need to create a FTP virtual directory for each application.
Systems\Wowza Media Server 2\content.
f.
4.
Check the Write box to enable adding content to the Wowza server.
g. Click Next to complete the wizard.
Give the FTP user access the content folder.
a. In Windows Explorer, go to C:\Program
Files\Wowza Media Systems\Wowza Media
Server 2\content.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
53
b.
c.
Right-click on the content folder and select Properties.
Go to the Security tab and give Full Control to the vbrickuser.
Starting the Wowza Server
T
To start the Wowza Server via System Services:
1.
Go to Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services > Wowza
Media Server.
Change Service to Automatic.
2.
Add Adobe Flash Server
A Flash Media Server (FMS) is a proprietary data and media server from Adobe Systems.
This server works with the Flash Player runtime to create media driven, multiuser RIAs (Rich
Internet Applications). A Flash Media Server is a hub; Flash-based applications connect to
the hub using Real Time Messaging Protocol (RTMP). The server can send and receive data
to and from the connected users with alive web FLV player installed. Adding an Adobe Flash
Media Server is essentially the same as adding a Wowza Media Server. The Adobe server
supports stored VOD files and live VOD streams. The only significant difference is that the
Wowza server supports multiple publishing points but the Adobe server supports only one publishing
point. To add an Adobe FMS, follow the steps in Add Wowza Server on page 49.
Add NXG Server
NXG VOD servers are legacy VEMS components. Existing NXG VOD servers are
compatible with VEMS 5.3 but have not been tested and are no longer be supported by
VBrick. This means you can use existing NXG servers if they work but VBrick assumes no
responsibility for support if they do not work.
Add DME Media Engine
The VBrick H.264 Distributed Media Engine (DME) simplifies delivery of high definition
video and other rich media content across multi-site enterprises and campus environments.
The Distributed Media Engine, typically deployed at the network edge, is a single integrated
platform which provides media redistribution, media transformation and video-on-demand
content storage. The DME accepts a H.264 video stream from a central site and redistributes
that content to diverse endpoints including PCs/MACs, mobile phones and televisions/
monitors. This one integrated platform optimizes WAN bandwidth use, simplifies endpoint
support and offers local storage of centrally managed content.
54
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Figure 13. Add DME Media Engine
Playback Protocol
When playing files from a DME, you can set the Playback
Protocol for .MP4 to RTMP or RTSP on the Global Settings >
Global Assignments page. This setting shows what is selected on
that page.
• RTMP – Protocol playback is forced to standard, unencrypted
Real Time Messaging Protocol.
Progressive Download
Enabled by default. over Port 80. Check Secure Playback to use
Port 443.
Add LifeSize Server
A VEMS LifeSize server plays content that is sourced from a v1.2 or higher LifeSize Video
Center. It provides access to live streams that are physically hosted on a remote LifeSize
server. High Definition streams can originate at LifeSize (or be reflected from a DME) and
play in the highly-scalable VEMS environment. VEMS polls the Lifesize server at the
specified interval (see Set Polling Interval) and automatically populates the Live Media page
with available Lifesize streams. Content can be added to LifeSize using the Add Video feature
on the VEMS client, by auto ingesting content (see Auto Content Ingestion, or by scheduled
or push button recording. For information about configuring the LifeSize server, see the
LiveSize Administrator Guide that was shipped with the server.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
55
Notes Content being added to the LifeSize server is subject to the following constraints:
• If a transcode is currently in progress on the Add Video page, content will not be
added to LifeSize and a message will be displayed in the Windows Event Viewer.
• If a remote NVR is configured, and it is the only NVR, content will not be added
to LifeSize and a message will be displayed in the Windows Event Viewer.
• If a remote NVR is configured, as well as a local NVR, content may be added to
LifeSize if the local NVR is selected randomly by the NVR's load-balancing
algorithm.
Figure 14. Add LifeSize Server
User Name
administrator
User Password
admin123
Set Polling Interval
You can set the interval at which VEMS polls the LifeSize server by adding the following
keys to VBUService.exe.config. The first key is the interval for live content polling; the
second key is a timeout after which the program is removed if no stream is detected. Both
values are in seconds and the file is located in: C:\Program
Files\VBrick\MCS\Common\VBUService
<add key="LifeSizePolling" value="30" />
<add key="LifeSizeContentTimeout" value="35" />
56
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Add/Modify Video On Demand Content Folders
Add/Modify Video On Demand Content Folders can be used to organize content on a specific
Video-on-Demand server. The Portal Server periodically polls certain folders for presence of
content and if found ingests the content onto multiple VOD servers. Any files FTPed into a
particular folder in the Autoingest folder will automatically be ingested into the
corresponding folder on the VOD server(s). You must add these folders using the window
shown below. (See Auto Content Ingestion on page 177 for more about autoingestion.)
Existing folder structures on a VOD server will be mirrored in the Portal Server. However
you will still need to associate those folders with other server(s) if the file is to be
autoingested onto multiple servers.
This function is useful for VBrick VBStar appliances to easily transfer content from their
hard drives to the VOD server. (It can also be helpful for users who acquire content outside
of the VEMS Portal Server, for example from StreamPlayer Plus.) When a folder is created,
you must check a box in Add/Modify Folders on Selected Servers to associate the folder with
a server for autoingestion. VEMS Portal Server checks these folders every 5 minutes and
ingests new content if present. This feature only applies to Autoingest; it does not apply to
Record or Add Video.
Note that empty folders are not displayed on the Portal Server client interface. These folders
are only displayed when they have content. As the folder structure is created in this section,
autoingest folders will be created in the FTP root path. For example, if the FTP root path is
d:\inetpub\ftproot, then folders that are created in the Add/Modify On-Demand content
folders will also be created in the d\inetpub\ftproot\mcs\autoingest folder.
Autoingested content can go into any folder that has been associated with a server or servers
using the Add/Modify Folders on Selected Servers check boxes shown above. If using a
VBStar, be sure to associate a folder with a server for autoingest. This enables the folder that
the VBStar will FTP files into. This function is not associated with a user or group
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
57
permission and is controlled only by the Administrator. See Auto Content Ingestion on
page 177 for a more detailed description of the Autoingestion functionality.
Note Use the Delete button to remove non-empty folders only. Use the Modify button to
change AutoIngest settings in the Add/Modify Folders on Selected Servers pane.
Creating Subfolders
Use the following steps to create a subfolder in an existing folder.
T
To create a subfolder:
1.
Highlight any existing folder name, for example /Bill as shown in the previous window,
and click New.
Type the new subfolder name in the text field, preceded by a forward slash, for example
/Bill/temp, and click Submit when done.
2.
VBricks
All VBricks must be configured in VEMS Portal Server before they can be managed and used
for scheduled events. (VBrick configuration is only required if you are using the Scheduling
feature. Once configured, all VBricks in the system are shown on the following window. In
the VEMS Portal Server, SAP (Session Announcement Protocol) announcements are sent to
the Portal Server by network-connected VBrick devices (encoders and/or decoders). The
Select VBrick panel in the next screen shows VBrick appliances (encoders and decoders) that
have announced their presence on the network but have not been configured for use in
VEMS Portal Server. (Note that if you delete a VBrick from the Currently Configured VBrick
List , it will not be shown as available until you logout and log back in to the Admin Console.)
VBrick Configuration
58
T
To add a VBrick configuration:
1.
Go to Global Settings > VBricks. The information in the panel indicates whether a
VBrick can be used for multimedia or for progressive download (as a VOD server).
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
2.
Select Add VBricks and click Submit .
3.
In Select VBrick , select one or more existing VBricks for which a SAP has been received.
If you select one VBrick, this populates the VBrick Configuration panel. (If you select
multiple VBricks, it does not populate the panel; if you need to configure the VBricks,
you must add them one at a time.)
Complete or modify the fields in VBrick Configuration as necessary. Note that you must
enter a User Name and Password and confirm that Password or the configuration will
fail.
Click Submit when done. This adds the new configuration to the list of configured
VBricks shown on the previous page.
4.
5.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
59
Note The only time you will need to manually complete the VBrick Configuration fields is
when you are defining the configuration for a VBrick that will be added to the network
at a later time. In this case, you will need to know the following configuration data in
advance. The only exception is the HTTP Port. The HTTP Port is required if you will
be using the VBrick to support presentations.
Host Name
Required. Host name of VBrick.
IP Address
Required. IP address of VBrick.
User Name
Defaults to system-defined value if blank.
User Password
Defaults to system-defined value if blank.
Confirm Password
Defaults to system-defined value if blank. Must match User
Password if entered above.
Software Revision
Optional. To get the Software Revision, use IWS (for MPEG
and WM) or VBAdmin (for H.264).
HTTP Port
Optional (required for Presentations). To get the HTTP Port,
use IWS (for MPEG and WM) or VBAdmin (for H.264).
VBrick Model
Select from the dropdown. Advanced settings are enabled if
you select an encoder or a VBStar.
Progressive Download
Server
Check this box to enable a WM VBStar (with v4.2.1 or higher
software) or an H.264 VBStar (with v3.0 or higher software) as
a progressive download server. A VBStar is a WM or H.264
encoder with a 60 GB hard drive (the H.264 encoder also
supports an external USB drive). All .wmv and .flv files stored
in the D:\public folder of the VBStar (or in E:\public for an
H.264 encoder with and external USB hard drive) will be
available in the Media Library for progressive download. (Note
also that you can also use a File Server for progressive
download. See Add File Server on page 44 for more
information.)
Allow Content Publishing All WM and H.264 recordings will be published to the VOD
servers and to this VBStar if the user has access rights and
publishing permissions. Note that ingestions to the VBStar will
fail when the 60 GB hard drive is full.
Storage Location
H.264 VBStar appliances only. Select the 60 GB Internal Drive or
a physically-attached External USB drive.
Advanced Settings
Advanced settings are enabled if you select a VBrick encoder or a VBStar. Note that the Portal
Server will attempt to retrieve and autofill the Multicast IP addresses and Port numbers. You can
modify these fields as necessary.
60
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Note The following values are stored in the Portal Server database only. Depending on how
a scheduled event is configured, they may be saved and written back to the VBrick
device after the scheduled event runs.
Multicast IP
Destination multicast IP address.
Video Port
Destination video port.
Audio Port
MPEG-4 devices only. Destination audio port.
CC Port
MPEG-4 devices only. Closed captioning port.
Multimedia VBrick Configuration
These settings are only enabled when you add or modify a VBrick that has a WM encoder
(with a hard drive) or an H.264 encoder (with internal or external storage) in at least one slot.
By completing these fields you are defining the encoder as a Multimedia VBrick that can be
used for presentations and in specialized end-user environments. For example, in some
environments, the Portal Server can be configured to use a multimedia VBrick for rich media
presentations. In this scenario, the settings (for Resolution , Target Bit Rate , and Audio Bit
Rate ) are used at presentation runtime and will override existing settings on the VBrick
encoder.
A VBrick reflector model (with a WM VBStar hard drive) can also be configured as
Multimedia VBrick and used for presentations. This setup can be used with VBrick's Rich
Media Studio or with a Tandberg Content Server (TCS). Presentations configured with the
reflector do not support slides, polls, share website, and text overlay features. The user
interface for these features (on the VEMS client "Presenter" page) is disabled.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
61
Slot 1 is a Multimedia Slot Default = not checked. Lets you define the multimedia-specific
fields listed below. Slot 2 (if present) can also be configured for
multimedia.
Include CC and Metadata
Default = not checked. Include closed captions and metadata if
available in the stream.
Description
Text field used for descriptive text.
E-Mail Template
This field, used with custom applications, adds the specified
text to an auto-generated e-mail and ensures that the e-mail
recipient can connect to the right VBrick encoder.
Add Viewing URL
To see this field, you must first "Add" the VBrick and then go
back in and select "Modify." Typical examples are shown below.
For Windows Media, enter a fully-qualified path to the
Windows Media Server and Publishing Point that will be
hosting the video. For example:
• Windows Media – http://www.WM_Server_IP_Address/
Publishing_Point
• H.264 –vbricksys:\\<multicast_url>&port=<port_number>
&<source_ip_address>
Note: If you are using Zones, you may need to add a reference
IP address. See Adding a Reference IP Address for URLs on
page 82.
Control Devices
Control devices let you configure a video source device so that it can be controlled by
end users from the Portal Server user interface. (An example of a video source device is a
DVD or VCR directly connected to a VBrick encoder.) Once configured, a special icon on
the Live Media page indicates you can control the stream using a "virtual" remote control
62
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
panel as shown in Figure 15 below. VBrick currently supports DVDs and VCRs from several
different manufacturers as well as the VBrick VBIR remote controller that can be customized
for use with a wide variety of source devices. See Add User-Defined VBIRs below for more
about VBIRs.
Note In some cases you may be able to control a source device using the front panel or the
handheld remote that came with the unit, but this is not always possible. For example,
if the remote gets lost or the source DVD and/or VCRs are rack-mounted in an
inaccessible metal enclosure, you must use the Portal Server interface or a VBIR.
Figure 15. Virtual" Remote Control Panel on Live Media Page
As shown in Figure 16 below, the remote control panel will have a different graphical user
interface depending on whether the source device is directly attached (via a serial port
connection) or uses a VBIR. The control panel interface for direct-connect devices varies
according to the specific device you select; the control panel interface for VBIR-connected
devices is the same for all VBIR devices (unless manually changed as in Figure 17).
Figure 16. Control Panel for Direct-Connect Devices (left) and VBIR Devices (right)
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
63
Note The Amino set top box does not recognize "control devices." Any video source
devices configured as Control Devices in the Portal Server will not display a "virtual"
remote control panel on the Amino set top box.
Add Control Devices
Use the following windows to define or modify control devices. As noted, these devices will
be displayed on the Live Media page with a special icon for any users with access to that
encoder. If the device is used as a source encoder for a scheduled broadcast, however, only the user who
actually created the schedule will have access during the scheduled period. This prevents other users
from potentially interrupting the broadcast. If the Portal Server does not have a Scheduling
license, all control devices are available at any time to any user with VBrick access and other
permissions. See "Using the Scheduler" in the Portal Server User Guide for an explanation of
how to schedule events for control devices.
64
T
To define a control device:
1.
Go to Global Settings > Control Devices and select Add Control Devices.
2.
Complete the fields on the next screen as explained below and click Submit .
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Name
Enter a unique, descriptive name that will be displayed on the virtual
remote. For example in Figure 15, "Sony DVD" is the configured
name shown on the controller. No embedded spaces or special
characters are allowed.
Device
Select a device from the dropdown list. The list shows serial port
direct-connect devices and VBIR (SpitFire) commanded devices
that are tested and supported by VBrick. It also shows any custom
VBIR devices you have added. Creating User Defined VBIR custom
devices is explained below. You cannot create custom serial port
direct-connect devices. If the source device you wish to control
does not have a serial port, you must use a VBIR for remote control.
Source
Select as the source either a VBrick encoder or a Live Video Stream
URL (identified by URL ) from the dropdown list. The Device that
was selected above will be associated with the specified Source.
Selecting a Live Video Stream URL requires that you specify an IP
address and port. Enter these in the IP and Port fields that are
displayed when you select a Live Video Stream URL.
User Defined VBIRs Select the SpitFire version you have (SpitFire II or III) and enter a
Description and a three-digit Code (see Add User-Defined VBIRs
below).
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
65
Add User-Defined VBIRs
The VBrick VBIR is an external hardware device that uses the passthough port on a VBrick
to send control commands via an infrared link to third-party devices like VCRs, DVDs, etc.
(see Figure 18 for a visual schematic). You must use a VBIR if the target third-party device
does not have a serial port that can directly connect to a VBrick encoder. The VBIR can be
programmed with codes representing IR command sets that are compatible with devices
from many manufacturers. Use the following window to create a custom User Defined VBIR .
Enter a device description (20 characters or less), a three-digit code, and select the SpitFire
model. When done, the new device is added to the User Defined VBIRs list as well as to the
Source Device dropdown lis t . For a current list of VCR/ DVD device codes for SpitFire II
models, go to http://innotech.com/spitfire-ii-device-codes.pdf For SpitFire III models, go
to http://innotechsystems.com/Spitfire/SpitFire III.pdf Be aware that the device codes at
this link are not tested or supported by VBrick. If you can't find the code you need, or have
trouble controlling a non-supported device, check the product documentation or contact the
manufacturer.
Note The VBIR Model SpitFire III can be programmed to use IR commands much like a
universal remote controller. These "learned" commands are stored in VBIR memory.
See Update the VBIR Command Set on page 69 for details.
Adding a SpitFire Model III VBIR
The VBIR user interface on the Portal Server is designed for the Sony SLV-D380P DVDVCR player (supported by VBrick). The default interface is shown on the left in Figure 17 but
can be modified for use with other devices. You can add your own labels and functionality to
the Aux 1 , Aux 2 , and Aux 3 buttons as shown on the right in Figure 17.
66
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Figure 17. Modifying the SpitFire III Control Panel
In the default configuration there are three "auxiliary" buttons for toggling between DVD
mode and VCR mode plus a Power button. The auxiliary buttons are configurable in that you
can modify the button label and the associated instruction that will be sent to the VBIR. For
example, suppose you want to support the Framitz device, and instead of buttons for DVD,
VCR and Power, you want Vol Up, Vol Down and the special Gazinta function.
You can do this by selecting a SpitFire Model III. The auxiliary button definitions will initially
display the default values (corresponding to the Sony SLV-D380P). You define the Text ,
Function and/or Command for each Aux button with an appropriate value—usually obtained
in advance from the manufacturer. It is the customer's responsibility to determine which functions
and/or commands to specify for the buttons. When done, The User Defined VBIR is saved and
configured with a VBrick. The buttons will map properly and correctly perform the defined
functions.
Connect Control Devices
To set up a device that can be remotely controlled from the Portal Server, you connect the
serial interface on the source device (the DVD or VCR) to the passthrough port (COM1 or
COM2 for Slots 1 and 2 respectively) on the VBrick encoder using an appropriate cable (see
Table 11) from those shipped with the encoder. For more about Serial Port Passthrough, see
the online help for the encoder. You can also control devices using VBrick's VBIR remote
controller. To use the VBIR remote controller, you connect the VBIR SpitFire device to
COM1 or COM2 on the VBrick encoder. The VBIR subsequently communicates with the
DVD or VCR via infrared commands (see Figure 18) at the configured baud rate.
If necessary, connect one end of the XIR emitter cable to the SpitFire and the other to the
DVD or VCR making sure the adhesive lead is securely attached to the device. The emitter is
used when there is no direct line-of-sight to a control device (for example when the VCR is in
a cabinet) and you can't use the remote control. On the back of the VBIR, be sure the
SpitFire is in RS-232 mode.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
67
Figure 18. Connecting Control Devices
Table 11. Device Connectors
Device
Connector
VCR
DB-9 †
DVD
DB-15 †
MPEG-1 Encoder
DB-9
MPEG-2/4/WM Encoders
RJ-45
† Typical device connector.
Configure Control Devices
You also need to configure the baud rate and passthrough state of the VBrick associated with
a control device. In VBAdmin, go to the System Configuration > Advanced Configurations >
Passthrough page and set these values as follows:
Table 12. Baud Rate and Passthrough State
68
Device
Baud Rate
Passthrough State
DVD
4800
Responder
VCR
9600
Responder
VBIR
2400
Responder
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Update the VBIR Command Set
VEMS Portal Server Control Devices use SpitFire model VBIRs to manipulate DVDs, VCRs
or other devices controlled by IR commands. The VBIR contains an internal library of
several hundred IR command sets stored in flash memory. The internal library is accessed by
a three digit code. The VBIR internal library supports a wide range of devices from many,
but not all, device manufacturers. If the IR command set for a particular device is not stored
in the internal library there are two ways (as explained below) that the VBIR can be enhanced
to control the device.
Learning IR Commands
The VBIR (Spitfire Model III only) can be set to learn and store IR commands like a
universal remote controller. Learned commands are stored in VBIR memory areas called
slots and are accessed by reserved three-digit codes. The six slots are available are: AUX
(994), TV (995), VCR (996), DVD (997), AUD (998), and CBL/SAT (999). Once learned IR
commands are stored on a VBIR they can be written as an external library file on a PC. The
IR commands in an external library file can be learned by other VBIRs through the process
of cloning. For more information, see the application note Learning IR Commands on the
VBIR on the www.vbrick.com/documentation page.
Downloading External Libraries
The VBIR can be upgraded by downloading an external library file. External library files
contain IR command sets for a specific device or devices. External library files are supplied
by a third party or created using the SpitFire VBIR learning mode. For more information, see
the application note Downloading External Libraries to the VBIR on the www.vbrick.com/
documentation page.
Presentation Devices
VEMS supports two types of rich media presentations: (1) "encoder" presentations are
sourced from VBrick encoders and support video and PowerPoint slides; and (2) "device"
presentations are sourced from "presentation devices" you create with the Admin Console
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
69
and support video only. Device presentations require a defined presentation device;
encoder presentations do not. This topic explains how to create Presentation Devices that
are used with "device" presentations. See Configuring for Presentations on page 165 for
detailed steps that explain how to configure both types of presentations. Once you have
configured an encoder or a device for presentations, see the "Create Presentation" topic in
the Portal Server User Guide for an explanation of how to actually create, schedule, and author
live presentations from the client user interface.
A presentation device is simply a "virtual" entity that is used to display video from an
external device using the VEMS presentation interface. It is used to create and publish
presentations where the streaming video is sourced from any external viewing URL. For
example this URL can be the stream from a VBrick Rich Media Studio (RMS), the stream
from a Rich Media Desktop (RMD), or it can be the web page generated by a presentation
device. There is no communication between VEMS and the presentation device but the
device can be reserved (i.e. scheduled), and a presentation can be associated with the device,
using the Create Presentatio n tool on the client user interface.
Presentation devices may also require user authentication. This means that when creating a
presentation, you may not be able to access a Presentation Device if you don't have
permission (see Allow Presentation Device Access on page 141 for more information). When
creating a presentation from the client interface, as explained in the User Guide, you can
choose a device, an encoder, or a reflector as the video source for the presentation. If you
select a device as the source, you cannot download PowerPoint slides and the authoring page
has limited functionality: you can basically edit, save, or author the presentation.
70
Host Name
Host Name used to identify the presentation device.
IP Address
IP Address used to identify the presentation device.
User Name
Unique user name associated with the device.
User Password
Unique password associated with the device.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Virtual Publishing
Directory
Virtual directory where the recorded webinar and the slides are
published. Default = PDPresentations. The files must be published to
a unique subfolder (user-created by FTP or other means) inside the
virtual directory.
Launch Browser
for Viewing
Used when the Viewing URL for a presentation device is a web page
rather than a video. If checked, the entire web page is displayed on the
presentation page. If you are using Zones to direct Portal Server
clients to specific servers, you may need to append a refip (reference
IP address) parameter to the URL to identify a server that is outside
the defined zones. See Adding a Reference IP Address for URLs on
page 82 for details.
RMS Silverlight
Presentation
If checked, the presentation will be played and viewed in the
Silverlight Player. If not checked (default), the WM Player with VBrick
plug-in will be used to render the presentation on a PC; the VBrick
Player will be used to display presentation on a Macintosh.
Once you have defined the Presentation Device, use the Advanced Configuration page to
define the parameters associated with the presentation device.
Slot 1 is a WM Slot
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
Read-only. Indicates you are defining all available Windows Media
video Viewing URLs. Note that Zones logic will ensure that the
connected client receives the correct viewing URL from the
defined list. If you are using Zones, and have checked Launch
Browser for Viewing , you may need to add a reference IP address to
the URL. See Adding a Reference IP Address for URLs on page 82.
71
Slot 2 is an H264 Slot
Read-only. Indicates you are defining all available H.264 video
Viewing URLs. Note that Zones logic will ensure that the
connected client receives the correct viewing URL from the
defined list. If you are using Zones, and have checked Launch
Browser for Viewing , you may need to add a reference IP address to
the URL. See Adding a Reference IP Address for URLs on page 82.
Include CC and Meta
data
Not used. Do not check.
Description
Text field used for descriptive text.
E-Mail Template
This field adds the specified text to an auto-generated e-mail sent
to presentation authors. Sometimes used with custom applications
to add additional information or instructions.
Add Viewing URL
This URL defines all of the available viewing URLs for the video
source or web page. Use any valid viewing URL for Windows
Media or H.264 streams (see Valid URL Examples on page 83 for
more information). To see this field, you must first click Add
Viewing URL . You will subsequently need to click Edit and Apply
when making changes.
• RMS – If using RMS it will be a WM stream from a Windows
Media server or a reflector.
• RMD – If using RMD it will be the WM or H.264 stream from
the available video source.
• WM – enter a fully-qualified path to the Windows Media Server
and Publishing Point that will be hosting the video. For
example: http://www.WM_Server_IP_Address/Publishing_Point
• Silverlight – same as WM above. Enter a fully-qualified path to
the Windows Media Server and Publishing Point that will be
hosting the video. Note: When viewing Silverlight presentations
on a Macintosh client, at least one unicast viewing URL is
required.
• H.246 – See Valid URL Examples on page 83.
Note: If you are using Zones, and have checked Launch Browser for
you may need to add a reference IP address to the URL.
See Adding a Reference IP Address for URLs on page 82.
Viewing ,
IP Receivers
Digital IP Receivers (also called STBs or Set Top Boxes) must be configured in VEMS Portal
Server before they can be managed and used for scheduled events. (IP Receiver version must
also be 3.7.1 or higher.) Once configured, all IP Receivers in the system are shown on the
following window. The Select IPR panel in the next screen shows IPRs that have announced
their presence on the network but have not been configured for use in the Portal Server.
72
T
To add an IPR configuration:
1.
Go to Global Settings > IP Receivers.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
2.
Select Add IPRs and click Submit .
3.
In Select IPR , select one or more existing IPR for which a SAP has been received. This
populates the IPR Configuration panel. (If you select multiple IPRs, it does not populate
the panel; if you need to configure the IPRs, you must add them one at a time.)
Complete or modify the fields in IPR Configuration as necessary and click Submit . This
adds the new configuration to the list of configured IPRs shown on the previous page.
4.
Note The only time you will manually complete the IPR Configuration fields is when you
are defining the configuration for an IPR that will be added to the network at a later
time. In this case, you will need to know the configuration data in advance.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
73
Host Name
Required. Host name of IPR.
IP Address
Required. IP address of IPR.
User Name
Defaults to system-defined value if blank.
User Password
Defaults to system-defined value if blank.
Confirm Password
Defaults to system-defined value if blank. Must match User Password
if entered above.
Software Revision
Optional.
IPR Model
Select from the dropdown.
Start Mode
Select from the dropdown: VEMS | Local | Local-Fullscreen
Configuring IP Receiver Timeout
Digital IP Receivers time out by default every two hours and display a popup message. This
means that if a video exceeding two hours is playing and you do not interact with the system,
the video will stop, the STB will display a popup message, and you will be redirected to the
login page. The configurable timeout option described here lets you set the timeout interval
to a higher value so a video can play all day for example without timing out. The STB
requires a periodic timeout for cleanup but you can set the timeout value to a high number to
minimize the potential disruption caused by timeouts.
Note The only requirement in configuring a timeout value is that the SDK timeout
(configured in VBUServer.exe.config ) must be set to a greater value than
SessionIPRTimeOut (configured in web.config ).
As explained below, you can configure the timeout interval on Digital IP Receivers (STBs) by
changing two configuration values in the Portal Server installation files. One value is in
web.config ; the other is in VBUService.exe.config.
T
To modify the STB timeout value:
1.
2.
Navigate to <InstallDir>\Vbrick\MCS\ web.config
Find the key called SessionTimeOutIPR and set this value to the desired timeout. This
value is in minutes, so if you want the STB to timeout every 8 hours, you would set this
value to 480.
Go to <InstallDir>\Vbrick\MCS\Common\VBUService\ VBUService.exe.config
Find the key called MCSSDKTimeout that handles SDK timeouts and make this value
greater than the value set for SessionTimeOutIPR . This value is in milliseconds, so if you
have set the SessionTimeOutIPR to 480 (8 hours), you would set the MCSSDKTimeout to
30600000 milliseconds (8.5 hours).
After making these changes, reboot the Portal Server and you are done.
3.
4.
5.
Recorders
A Recorder server enables recording by Portal Server users. If a recorder server is not created
here, any attempt to record a live stream or a stored video will fail. Once enabled, users must
also be assigned the appropriate permissions (see Allow Content Recording on page 140).
(Note: Do not confuse a Recorder server with a Network Video Recorder which is a a
74
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
separate product. See the VEMS Network Video Recorder Release Notes for more
information.)
Note By installation default, all recordings are stored on the D: drive. If you install VEMS
Portal Server on a system without a D: drive, you must subsequently go to Global
Settings > Recorders and change the record path as necessary. Also, the Max Recording
field shows the default number of concurrent recording sessions allowed. If you need
more than 2 concurrent recording sessions, you must purchase a Network Video Recorder.
T
To add a Recorder configuration:
1.
Go to Global Settings > Recorders.
2.
Select Add Recorders and click Submit .
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
75
3.
Complete the fields in Recorder Configuration window and click Submit . This adds the
newly configured recorder to the previous window. If necessary see Synchronizing the
Portal Server and the NVR below.
Recorder Server
IP address or host name of recorder server. Defaults to localhost if
recorder server is on the same machine as VEMS Portal Server.
Record Path
Path and folder where all recording are stored. By default, recordings
are stored on the D: drive. If you install VEMS Portal Server on a
system without a D: drive, you must change the path. Also, in order to
record multiple streams, the Record Path must be under FTP root. For
example, if root is C:\Inetpub\ftproot the Record Path must be
C:\Inetpub\ftproot\<your_folder>
76
Max. Recording
The default number of concurrent recording sessions allowed is 2. If
you exceed 2, you must purchase a Network Video Recorder. Without
an NVR, any attempt to record more than 2 concurrent sessions will
fail.
FTP User Name
FTP user name in operating system of Recorder server.
FTP Password
FTP password in operating system of Recorder server.
Confirm Password
FTP password in operating system of Recorder server.
Domain Name
This field is required only if the Recorder server is not on the local network.
Enter the domain name if the Record Path above points to a server in
a different domain,
User Name
The user name who has access to the specified path.
User Password
The corresponding password for this user name.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Synchronizing the Portal Server and the NVR
The internal clocks on the Portal Server and the NVR must be synchronized for recording
functionality to work properly. You can use the Net time command as explained below or you
can use an external time server. In order to run the Net time command on either server, the
server must be on the domain, and the user logged onto the server must have admin
privileges and be part of the domain. To synchronize the Portal Server and the NVR use the
following command:
•
Windows Web Server 2008 – Open a command prompt on the Portal Server and type:
Net time \\{NVR IP Address} /SET
Script Devices
Script devices work with scripts and can be used to control VBricks, or other devices
attached to a VBrick via the serial port. In order to use a script, the device (a VBrick, IP
Receiver, camera, VCR, etc.) must be defined in the Portal Server database as a script device.
Once defined, they can be subsequently controlled by a script (see Scripts on page 78)
launched from the Portal Server Scheduler. A script device must be physically connected to
the network and must be available at the runtime of a scheduled event. For example, PTZ
cameras respond to pan, tilt, and zoom commands. Once defined as a script device, pan,
zoom, and tilt commands can be scripted and executed from VEMS Portal Server to control
the movement of the camera at a specific date, time, and recurrence.
Note You can also write a script (launched from the Portal Server) that uses TCP/IP to
communicate with any compatible device on the network. Contact VBrick Support
Services for more information.
T
To add a Script Device configuration:
1.
Go to Global Settings > Script Devices.
2.
Select Add Script Devices and click Submit .
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
77
3.
In Script Device Configuration , complete the following fields and click Submit . This adds
the newly configured script device to the list of devices shown in the previous window.
To modify a Script Device, first delete the device and then repeat these steps.
Device Name
Any user-defined name.
Address
Hard-coded device IP address. This is usually the address of the
VBrick or the address of the VBrick to which a device is connected
but it can be the address of any device.
Port
TCP/IP port number range = 1040 –65534 . If using serial port
passthrough, use the VBrick's passthrough port number: 4439 for
COM1, 4414 for COM2
Scripts
Scripts work with previously defined script devices such as VBricks, IP Receivers, or other
devices attached to a VBrick. Scripts can be used to control any type of VBrick or to control
other devices like cameras and VCRs that are attached to a VBrick. To script VBrick
commands, you select the VBrick and build a script by choosing parameters from a
dropdown list—the parameters vary depending on the type of VBrick you select (MPEG1,
MPEG2, etc.). You can script commands to change any of the parameters (in the MIB
database) that are available through IWS (MPEG and WM) or VBAdmin (H.264).
For non-VBrick (Other ) devices, you write a script from scratch using the native language for
that device. This scripting functionality is designed for advanced users and you must know
the instruction set for the device in order to script commands that will control that device.
You can use a text-based script or a binary script to control devices connected to the serial
passthrough port (COM1 or COM2) on a VBrick encoder.
You can control devices that require binary input by pasting binary input into the Script
Content text box. Binary scripts let you provide a sequence of commands for devices that
require binary input. This type of script will pass binary input through the serial passthrough
port on a VBrick to the specified device. You will typically connect your device to the serial
passthrough port using the port number previously defined for the device (4439 for COM1,
4414 for COM2).
78
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Note If you are scheduling an event, any device for which you write a script must be
available to the network at runtime. If the device is not available the script will fail.
Creating a Script
T
To create a script that can be executed from the Portal Server:
1.
Go to Global Settings > Scripts.
2.
Select Add Scripts and click Submit .
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
79
3.
4.
5.
In Script Configuration , enter a Script Name and select a Device Type (MPEG1, MPEG2/
MPEG4/WM, H.264, or Other) from the dropdown list—and wait a few seconds for
VEMS Portal Server to populate the panel with a list of devices.
In Select Device, highlight one or more devices and use the arrow buttons to populate
the right panel.
Create the Script Content .
a. For VBrick devices, select a Parameter Name from the dropdown list, enter a
Parameter Value , and click Add . Repeat as many times as necessary and click Submit
when done. Note that the order in which you add parameters is critical. This is the
order in which the commands will be executed at runtime. (See Finding VBrick
Parameters and Values for more information.
b. For non-VBrick (Other ) devices, write the script in a native language compatible with
the device (or copy and paste binary input) and click Submit when done.
To run a previously created script, login to VEMS Portal Server and click Scheduled
Programs. Then create a schedule by selecting a date, time, and (optionally) a recurrence
pattern. When done, click Script and select the script you want to run on the schedule you
just defined.
Example
The following example shows binary input for a VBrick VBIR device. In a typical scenario
you will need to set the Passthrough State and other parameters on the encoder before you
can run the script. See "Serial Port Passthrough" in the VB4000-5000-6000 Admin Guide for
more information. The following example programs a VBrick VBIR device to device code
351 and sends the Play command. This is just a brief example. If you need help or want more
information about using binary scripts, please contact VBrick Support Services.
Begin instruction set, program for following device code. This set of instructions is used in all scripts.
<-script->
<-send binary 0xc1 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
<-send binary 0xc0 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
Program three-digit device code. Here code is 351.
<-send binary 0x83 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
<-send binary 0x85 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
<-send binary 0x81 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
End device code programming, set for command. This set of instructions is used in all scripts.
<-send binary 0xc0 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
<-send binary 0xd3 0x0d->
<-receive 2->
Command. Here Play.
<-send binary 0x91 0x0d->
80
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
<-receive 2->
Finding VBrick Parameters and Values
In order to create scripts, you need to determine the correct parameters and values to use.
The following procedures explain how to locate parameters from the VBAdmin page and
how to find the value associated with that parameter using a standard MIB browser or text
editor. These brief procedures simply outline the basic steps which are typically performed by
a programmer or a system administrator. Contact VBrick Customer Service or see the VBrick
SDK User Guide for more information.
T
To locate a parameter name by viewing the source code:
1.
2.
Find the Parameter Name in the VBAdmin page.
Then locate the parameter name by viewing the source code of the page.
T
To find the parameter value:
1.
2.
Locate the parameter name as described above.
Find the Parameter Value by examining the MIB file with either a standard MIB browser
or a text editor.
URLs
Add/Modify a URL for a Live Video Stream
Administrators can manually enter URLs to live video streams that are not automatically
displayed by the Portal Server. For example, the administrator may wish to have the
Announcements (SAPs) disabled on the VBrick encoders for security purposes. Or the
Administrator may want to enter the address of an off-network stream such as an MPEG-4
Stream from an Apple Darwin Server or a stream coming from a hosting provider.
Additionally, this feature lets you enter the addresses of non-MPEG streams such as
Windows Media and Real Networks. Note that the Access Control feature Allow Viewing by
Content Type does not apply to manually added URLs. You can also filter and control which
live streams are shown in the Portal Server by using a bit mask on the VBrick encoder. For
more about this feature, refer to the Category parameter in the appropriate MPEG, WM, or
H.264 encoder documentation.
Note For any non-MPEG video, the correct player (such as Windows Media Player or
QuickTime) must be present on the desktop for the client to be able to receive the
stream.
T
To add a URL for a live video stream:
1.
2.
Enter the URL or IP address in the URL field.
Enter the Type and Title and click Add to add the URL to the list of streams shown.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
81
URL
Enter a valid URL or IP address. See examples below.
Type
Choose MPEG, WM, H.264, or Other. Select Other for most non-MPEG
streams; select WM for .swf Flash streams.
Title
Title is what will display to clients in the VEMS Portal Server viewing
pages.
Adding a Reference IP Address for URLs
When using Zones to direct Portal Server clients to specific servers, you may need to append
a refip (reference IP address) parameter to the URL to identify a server that is outside the
defined zones or uses a hostname exclusively. A refip may be necessary when (1) entering
Viewing URLs for presentations that use Multimedia VBricks or Presentation Devices or (2)
when manually entering URLs for live or stored streams. In a common scenario, a refip is
required when users will need to fetch an sdp, nsc, or asx file from a web server, and where
the file points to a video stream which will be accessed by users who are outside the zone
identified by the server's IP address. A refip is also used in cases where the stream URL is
identified by a host name. The refip parameter identifies the zone for the viewing URL; it
can be any arbitrary address within the zone. When entering a live multicast URL, the refip
parameter is always required even if you are not using zones. The refip parameter is not necessary
when the IP address of the URL itself can be identified as being in the zone.
Format:
<valid_url_format>&refip=<IP_Address_of_Stream_Source>
Example:
http://www.mycompany.com/multicast/file.asx&refip=192.99.999.999
Note To be displayed on the Live Media page, manually entered URLs for live streams must
be appended with an refip tag if the stream source is not defined in the URL.
82
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Valid URL Examples
The following examples show valid URL syntax for live video streams. All URLs are case
sensitive and the syntax must be accurate because there is no internal validation of user input.
Stream Type
MPEG-2
URL Syntax
vbricksys://ip=239.1.1.1&port=4444&refip=192.99.999.999
Where 239.1.1.1 is the multicast IP address and 4444 is the
multicast port.
MPEG-4
rtsp://172.1.1.1/vbrickvideo1
vbrtsp://172.1.1.1/vbrickvideo1
Where 172.1.1.1 is the source IP address and vbrickvideo1 is the
program name.
vbhttp://172.1.1.1/vbs2d1.sdp
Where 172.1.1.1 is the source IP address and vbs2d1.sdp is the
SDP file name.
WM
http://172.22.2.147/vbs1http.asx
http://172.22.2.147/vbrickvideo1
Where 172.22.2.147 is the source IP address and vbrickvideo1 is
the program name. Note that the WM IPR does not support RTSP
streams.
H.264
RTSP Streams
vbrtsp2://172.1.1.1/vbStream1S1
Where 172.1.1.1 is the source IP address and vbStream1S1 is the
resource name.
vbhttp://172.1.1.1/vbStream1T1.sdp
Where 172.1.1.1 is the source IP address and vbStream1T1.sdp is
the SDP file name.
Multicast Transport Streams
vbricksys://
ip=<multicast_ip_address>&port=<multicast_port>&license=http
://<vems_server_ip_address>/licenses/playerlicense/
CombinedLicensedUser.lic&refip=<encoder_ip_address>
Flash
rtmp://VOD/publishingpoint/file.flv
rtmp://172.22.2.97/vod/sample1.flv
rtmp://172.22.2.97/vod/mp4:sample2.f4v
rtmp://172.22.2.97/vod/mp4:sample3.mp4
rtmp://172.22.2.161/vod/folder1/folder1_2/mp4:sample4.m4v
http://172.22.2.97/vod/sample5.flv
http://172.22.2.97/vod/sample6.f4v
http://172.22.2.97/vod/sample7.mp4
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
83
Stream Type
URL Syntax
Other
ASX Files
http://172.1.1.1/file.asx
http://myHost/file.asx
http://www.myCompany.com/files/file.asx
MP3 and WMA Files
http://172.1.1.1/file.mp3
http://myHost/file.mp3
http://172.1.1.1/file.wma
http://myHost/file.wma
WMV Files
http://www.myCompany.com/files/file.wmv
mms://www.myCompany.com/files/file.wmv
Add VOD Content
Administrators can manually enter URLs to VOD content that is not automatically displayed
by the Portal Server. These URLs can be to content that is located on a non-NXG Video-onDemand server, such as the QuickTime/Darwin server, a Windows Media server, or a Helix
Real server. This is valuable feature if you want to enter an off-network stream such as an
MPEG-4 Stream from an Apple Darwin Server or if there is Windows Media or Real
Networks content that needs to be displayed through the Portal Server interface.
URL
Enter a valid URL or IP address. For example:
rtsp://ipaddress/programname
mms://ipaddress/videoname.wmv
84
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Type
Choose MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MPEG-4 NXG, Document,
WM, H.264, or Other. If you are creating a URL for stored video that
points to www.yahoo.com , for example, select Document in this field—
not Other. Select WM for .swf Flash streams.
Title
This is what will display to clients in the VEMS Portal Server viewing
pages
Folder
This is the folder on the VOD server in which the video will be
displayed.
Tags
Enter keyword tags that can be searched from the user interface.
Max. Concurrent
Viewers
Set the maximum number of concurrent viewers for this stream to
unlimited or any number greater than zero.
Press Add to add the VOD content to the list. VOD content also can be Modified or Deleted.
Simply select the VOD content, make modifications (if required), and click Modify or Delete.
Add Non-VOD Content
PC Users Only. In the VoD Content section, administrators can also link to external
documents such as PDF files, PowerPoint files, web pages, or anything that can be displayed
in a browser or other external program. For content that needs to run with a specific
application (for example, PowerPoint slides), the application must be present on the desktop
for that file to be viewed. Use the content Type field to identify the content. Select a stream
type (MPEG-1, MPEG-2, etc.) to add video content from an outside source. Select type
Document for PDFs or Word documents, or type Other for PowerPoint presentations, Flash
demos, etc. Each content type has a different icon on the Video Library page.
The URL must point to a web server or a local drive. The Portal Server server can act as the
web server for this content, if the content is placed in the c:\program files\vbrick\mcs
directory on the VEMS Portal Server (or in any subdirectory you create, e.g.
... mcs\test_files\test.doc). A local path or network shared path also can be entered.
Content accessed from a local drive (or network shared path) needs to be entered in the
format c:/path/file (it will fail if you use back slashes, for example c:\path\file). Also, this
drive needs to be accessible by those that have access to the link.
Priority Alert
These pages are used to create priority alert templates that Portal Server users can
subsequently use to launch a priority alert. Priority alerts are launched from the Portal Server user
interface—not from the Admin console. A priority alert is a schedule that can be executed by
Portal Server users with appropriate permissions. This schedule broadcasts a live or stored
video to specified VBricks or IP Receivers in case of an emergency. The schedule is executed
instantly, for a specified duration or indefinitely. When done (or manually stopped) all
preempted schedules automatically resume.
A priority alert template pre-defines all parameters for the broadcast so that it can be
launched immediately; it pre-empts all other broadcasts. Very simply, you define the source
stream (live or stored) and the downstream targets (VBricks or IP Receivers) and then save
the template for future use. It is important to note that priority alert streams are shown only
on monitors or TVs attached to VBricks and IPRs respectively. They are not shown on the Portal
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
85
Server user interface. If you are watching a stream in the embedded player on the user interface
browser, you will not see a priority alert.
Note Live and stored broadcasts, in this context, refer to content that is being streamed over
your IP multicast-enabled network. This does not mean there is IP broadcasting to
your entire network.
86
T
To create a Priority Alert template:
1.
2.
Close any Portal Server client window(s) open on your PC.
Go to Global Settings > Priority Alert . This page shows a list of previously defined
templates (if any).
3.
Select Add Template and click Submit to display the following window.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
4.
Enter a Template Name, select a Schedule Type, and click Next . (Duplicate template
names are allowed but not recommended.)
Each Schedule Type subsequently has a different wizard depending on the selections you
make but basically, you select the video source (which can be a live or stored broadcast),
the downstream targets (VBricks or IP Receivers) to which it will be broadcast, and
configure any Advanced Settings (see note below) for the VBricks or IPRs. When done
the template you created is available to authorized Portal Server users as a Priority Alert
template. See the VEMS Portal Server User Guide for more information.
Note
Advanced Settings are available to configure VBricks and IPRs with exceptional
configuration parameters. It is unlikely you will ever need to change these settings. In
all cases you can safely ignore the Advanced Settings and use the defaults provided by
VEMS Portal Server.
Template name
Alphanumeric characters or spaces. No special characters.
Schedule Type
Live Broadcast
• VBrick – Select a live stream by VBrick Name. Then select the
destination VBricks or IPRs.
• Program Name – Select a live stream by Program Name from all
available. Then select the destination IPRs.
• Enter Manually – Select an MPEG or WM source residing at a
specified IP address. Then select the destination IPRs.
Stored Broadcast
• VoD Name – Select a VOD server and a source video. Then select
the destination VBricks or IPRs.
• VBrick Name – Select a VBrick (or VBStar) and a source video.
Then select the destination VBricks or IPRs.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
87
5.
Configure Advanced Settings for VBricks and IPRs as necessary. As noted, it is unlikely
you will ever need to change these settings. In all cases you can safely ignore these
settings and use the defaults provided by the Portal Server.
These settings generally set configuration options for source devices and destination
devices (VBricks and IPRs) so that they are configured properly (e.g. transmit/receive
enabled/disabled) at the beginning and end of a priority alert. All required devices must
be present and enabled for a successful priority alert. The settings differ depending on
the device (e.g. MPEG, WM, or H.264) you select and may include some or all of the
fields explained below.
Schedule Start
Options
88
Enter values that describe the device state at schedule start.
• Program Name – Program name selected above.
• Template – MPEG only. Screen varies for MPEG-1, 2, or 4.
• Destination – Destination 1, Destination 2, RTSP Server.
• Destination Address – Enter value.
• Video Port – Enter value.
• Audio Port – Enter value.
• Closed Captioning Port – Enter value.
• Video – Enabled, Disabled, As Configured.
• Audio – Enabled, Disabled, As Configured.
• Closed Captioning – Enabled, Disabled, As Configured.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Schedule End
Options
6.
7.
8.
Enter values that describe the device state at schedule end.
• Video – Enabled, Disabled, As Configured.
• Audio – Enabled, Disabled, As Configured.
• Closed Captioning – Enabled, Disabled, As Configured.
Click Next to page through each wizard.
Click Finish when done.
Verify the information and click Create Schedule when prompted (or use the Back
button to make changes). When finished, the template is added to the list of Priority
Alert Templates available to VEMS Portal Server users from the Portal Server
application. See the VEMS Portal Server User Guide for more information.
Manage Playlists
Use this window to change playlist attributes including Folder, Title, and Owner. If Access
Control is not enabled, the owner for all playlists defaults to MCSClient . Note that if Access
Control is subsequently enabled, any previously created playlists will not be available unless
they are re-assigned from MCSClient to other valid users.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
89
Folders
Select a folder location for the playlist. The default folder is the
private MyMedia folder of the playlist owner.
Title
Use any alphanumeric characters except ' ^ : * ? | [ ] ( ) < > % #
Owner
The owner is the logged-in user who created the playlist.
Access Logging
Access logging tracks Portal Server usage. It creates logs that let you review who has watched
what content, when, and for how long. Specifically, it logs access to live or VOD content, and
to user-initiated recordings. There are two output logs; one is used for live/VOD content
and the other is for recordings. The logs are created in a standard format and can be viewed
with Enterprise Media System Reporter (VBrick's powerful log analysis tool or with a
customized Excel spreadsheet. Use the various configuration options described below to save
the logs to a different computer, set log time periods, etc. By default, access logging is set to
off and the logs are saved in Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Logs. Note that log entries are written to
the log file only after viewing or recording is complete. To see what is currently being viewed or
recorded, open the Logged Programs table in VEMS using MySQL Query Browser or a
similar tool. (MySQL Query Browser is available free of charge with the free software/open
source GNU General Public License at http://www.mysql.com) Be aware that the access
logger has certain constraints; for example, it:
•
•
•
90
does not log web page access. This is an IIS function that can be set and controlled by
system administrators.
does not work with the Apple QuickTime player.
does not have a built-in parser. The logs can be viewed as text files or can be managed
and viewed using third-party reporting and analysis tools.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Enable Access Logging Sets access logging on or off. Default = off. The log files are
saved in Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Logs.
Log Cycle Time
New log files can be created daily, weekly, or when the file reaches
a certain size. Old files are never deleted or written over.
Log File Directory
Specifies where the log files are saved. This can be on the same
machine as the Portal Server or on a different machine in the
same network.
Cycle Log File
Click Cycle Now to close the existing log files and create new files.
Logger Timeout Values The timeout values (default two hours for stored content, four
hours for live content) are typically used when a client machine
crashes or hangs.
Using EthernetTV Reporter
You can use VBrick's powerful "Enterprise Media System Reporter" log analysis tool to
examine the access logs. VEMS Reporter is a dedicated log file analysis tool. It reads
individual log files generated by the Portal Server and generates a graphical statistical report
based on the contents of the log data. Each log entry contains multiple fields, and VEMS
Reporter extracts those field values from the log data and populates the report. VEMS
Reporter is closely integrated with the Portal Server and has its own documentation. See the
VEMS Reporter User Guide in the online help for more information. To launch EtherneTV
Reporter, go to Start > All Programs > VBrick > EtherneTV Reporter.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
91
Figure 19. Sample Enterprise Media System Reporter Output
Using an Excel Spreadsheet
You can also use a standard editor like Notepad and the Excel spreadsheet template provided
by VBrick to examine the logs. The MCSS Access Log.xlt template file makes to easy to view
and sort log files. You can also use this template to build Pivot Tables to analyze the log data
in greater detail. Pivot Tables are a powerful tool used to analyze multi-dimensional data.
Pivot Tables are beyond the scope of this document and are not explained here. For an
introduction to Pivot Tables, there are a variety of resources on the web including the
Microsoft Office online demo at http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/assistance/
HA011989031033.aspx
T
To create a pivot table:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Navigate to C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Utils and double-click MCSS Access Log.xlt
When prompted, select Enable Macros.
Click Import Log(s) and navigate to the log files in Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Logs
Select one or more log files by holding down the Ctrl or Shift keys while selecting files.
Once the window is populated with log data (Figure 20) you can view or sort any of the
columns as necessary.
Click Pivot Table Wizard and follow the prompts to build a Pivot Table.
6.
92
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Figure 20. Imported Access Log
Zones
In a standard Portal Server configuration (with two zones), a client selecting a video is
algorithmically directed to a load-balanced (Internet or LAN) server depending on the
address ranges specified on the Global Assignments page (see "Assign LAN/Internet
Address Range(s)." This is normal Portal Server behavior. The first two zones are configured
in Global Assignments and the Zones page shown here is not used and is not even displayed.
In a Professional or Enterprise configuration, the number of zones available for
configuration depends on the licensing model (see Table 13) at your site. In a Professional or
Enterprise model, the first two zones are also configured in Global Assignments and the next
10 or 100 zones (depending on what you purchased) are configured on the Zones page. You
will only be able to configure the number of zones for which you are licensed.
The Zones page, if shown, directs Portal Server clients (or a range of clients) to specific servers
(or a range of servers) within the address range(s) specified in Global Assignments. It
associates each incoming network address with one or more server addresses. If using this
page, you will typically create different named zones with different sets of client and server
IP addresses. Note that if a client IP address is not included in the Client Address(es) list, that
client is directed to the Default Server/Encoder Address(es) .
Table 13. Zones Licensing Models
Licensing Model
Zones Available
Standard
2
Professional
10
Enterprise
100
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
93
This page is also used to redirect clients when there is a server failure. The Portal Server polls
all networked VOD servers at the polling interval specified in Global Settings. If the poll
indicates a server failure, the specified Portal Server clients are automatically redirected to the
failover server(s) only if the Hide Content option is checked on the Assign VOD Polling
Interval page. If unchecked, there will be no rollover to the specified default servers in the event of a
server failure.
Similarly, the Zones page is used to define Distribution Servers that are used to load-balance
the distribution of .jpg images and HTML pages when delivering large-scale presentations
(see the Portal Server Release Notes for more about installing and configuring Distribution
Servers).
Zone Name
User-defined string that identifies the zone.
Client Address(es)
Enter individual, comma-separated client IP addresses and/or
a range of client IP addresses. For example: 172.15.2.1 ,
172.16.2.1-172.22.2.255
94
Server/Encoder
Address(es)
Enter individual, comma-separated server/encoder IP
addresses and/or ranges of server/encoder IP addresses to
which the specified client(s) will be directed.
Distribution Servers
Enter individual, comma-separated distribution server
addresses to which a client will be directed for load-balanced
presentations.
Failover Zone
If the requested content is not available locally or the local
server is down, a content request will go to the defined Failover
Zone (or to the Default Zone if selected).
Multicast from Failover
Zone
Determines whether or not multicasting from the Failover
Zone to clients is allowed if multicast content is available.
Save Zone
Saves zone information currently displayed in the upper panel.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Default Server/Encoder
Address(es)
The server address(es) and/or range(s) to which a client is
directed if the client IP address is not included in the Client
Address(es) field. If the default address fails you can select a
secondary Failover Zone (and a multicast setting) from the
dropdown list of defined zones.
Default Distribution
Servers
The distribution server address(es) to which a client will be
directed for load-balanced presentations if the client IP address
is not included in the Client Address(es) field.
Failover Zone
If the Default Address fails you can select a secondary Failover
Zone (and multicast setting) from the dropdown list of zones.
Multicast from Failover
Zone
Allow multicast from Failover Zone. Default = disabled.
Save Default Address(es)
Saves the default server information in the lower panel.
Configuring Zones
In a standard Portal Server configuration (with two zones), a client selecting a video is
algorithmically directed to a load-balanced (Internet or LAN) server depending on the
address ranges specified on the Global Assignments page. In a Professional or Enterprise
model, the first two zones are also configured in Global Assignments and the remaining
zones are configured here on the Zones page. When configuring zones, always take into
account how the VEMS Server identifies a client. A client is identified to the Portal Server by
its IP address. When WAN configurations are used, a network gateway can be entered as a
Zone Client Address(es). This is because all clients in a network are viewed as this gateway
address by an outside Host (for example the VEMS Portal Server).
Note For Zones to work properly, manually entered URLs for live streams must be
appended with an refip tag if the stream source is not defined in the URL.
Configuration Using Global Assignments
LAN and Internet Zones are defined on the Global Assignments page. Use these zones with
a Standard VEMS Server.
LAN Zone Client
LAN Clients are allowed to view all content defined in the LAN
address range and all Internet content which have addresses out of
this range.
Internet Zone Client Internet Clients are allowed to only view content not defined in the
LAN address range.
Configuration Using Zones Page
Use the Zones page if you have a VEMS Professional or Enterprise Server. If you have a
distributed environment with multiple independent LANs, you may not want to use the
LAN/Internet Zones. Instead you can define the Internet Zone Address(es) using a separate
Zone and enter all IP Addresses not defined in your other Zones. For example:
Zone 1 = Corporate Office Address Ranges
Zone 2 = Remote Office 1 Address Ranges
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
95
Zone 3 = Remote Office 2 Address Ranges
Zone 4 = Internet Zone (All IP's not in Zones 1–3)
If a Zone is defined and a default zone is not defined, clients inside the zone can only view content
which is defined in the Zone range. Clients outside the zone can view all content available
regardless of zone configuration. If a Zone is defined and default zone is defined, clients inside
the zone can only view content which is defined in its Zone range. Clients outside the zone
can only view content defined in Default Zone range.
Configuring Failover Zones
When a Zone is configured with a Failover Zone, the Zone's clients can view content from
both its own zone and the failover zone. When the Zone's VOD server or encoder fails,
clients will still have access to the failover zone's content. When configuring a Failover Zone
that will reference NATed address(es), it is best practice to create a separate zone for the
same client addresses which will be designated as another Zone's failover. In order for
content to be available to a client the NATed address it must be entered in the client's Zone.
But if a NATed failover VOD and primary VOD are both in the same zone the content will
load balance to all clients in the zone. Therefore a separate zone should be created
specifically for NATed failover addresses.
Configuring VOD Servers
When a VOD Server IP is defined in a Zone, all VOD Content from this server is available to
the Zone's clients. All Scheduled Multicasts (via VEMS Scheduler page) from Zone's VOD
will be available to Zone's clients.
Configuring Encoders, Viewing URLs, and Manual URLs
When an encoder IP is defined in a Zone, all enabled SAPs from this encoder are available to
the Zone's clients with the exception of the encoder's External SAP. If the External SAP is
configured, the URL IP entered in the External SAP will determine what Zone the SAP is
directed to. The IP of the External SAP URL will have to be in the same IP Address Range of
the Zone's assigned Server/Encoder Address(es) in order for the Zone's clients to view the
video stream. When an encoder is used for Presentation feature (Multimedia VBrick), the
encoder's Viewing URLs IP will determine what Zone the Viewing URL is directed to. The
IP of the Viewing URL must be in the same IP Address Range of the Zone's assigned
Server/Encoder Address(es) in order for the Zone's Clients to view the Presentations video
stream. When a manual Live Video Stream URL is used (defined in VEMS Global Settings),
the URL's IP address will determine what Zone the Viewing URL is directed to. The IP of
the URL will have to be in the same IP Address Range of the Zone's assigned Server/
Encoder Address(es) in order for the Zone's clients to view the video stream.
Configuring Distribution Servers
If you are defining a Distribution Server for a Zone, the clients inside zone are directed to
Presentation content from the Distribution Server(s) defined in its Zone range. Note: This is
only true when using Presentation e-mail link to view a Presentation. If you are defining a
Distribution Server for the Default Zone, all Clients outside defined zones are directed to
Presentation content from the Distribution Server(s) defined in the Default Distribution
Server range. Note: This is only true when using Presentation e­mail link to view a
Presentation.
96
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Transcode Templates
The VEMS transcoder is a tool that can be used with a Network Video Recorder (NVR) to
"transcode" certain files to H.264 or Windows Media format. For example you may want to
transcode all of your Windows Media files to H.264 files (or vice versa) or you may want
downscale large MPEG-2 files to smaller Windows Media files. The use cases for the
transcoder depend on the requirements and technologies available at your site. The
Transcode Templates page is a licensed feature used to manage the preconfigured templates
that are used for trancoding. If the Transcoding license is not installed, you will not see this
feature in the Admin Console and the transcoding options will not be available on the Add
Video page (Figure 21).
A Network Video Recorder (NVR) running on Windows Server 2008 is required for transcoding.
Transcoding is computationally-intensive and runs on the NVR server. If multiple NVRs are
present, the transcoding is algorithmically load-balanced. If no NVR is present, or if
transcoding is not enabled on the NVR's Recorder Configuration page, the feature will not be
available. When adding files to a VOD server from the Add Video page, you can select an
Output Format (H.264 or Windows Media) and an encoding template with preconfigured
settings. The templates closely match those available on the Windows Media and H.264
encoders but can be edited as necessary depending on your own requirements. The
transcoder supports the input and output files shown in Table 14.
Figure 21. Add Video Page
Table 14. Supported Input/Output Files
Supported Input Files
•
•
•
•
•
H.264 (transport stream or mp4)
WM (Windows Media)
MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4
mov
avi
Supported Output Files
• H.264 (transport stream or mp2)
• WM
T
To configure VEMS for transcoding:
1.
Make sure you have purchased and installed an NVR. See Network Video Recording on
page 171.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
97
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure you have installed a transcoder license. See Install/Replace License Files on
page 17.
On the VEMS server, go to Global Settings > Recorders and configure an existing NVR
as a Recorder. See Recorders on page 74 for details.
Be sure to check Enable Transcoding on the Recorder Configuration page.
Go to Global Settings > Transcode Templates and edit the available templates as
explained below. Note that you can edit templates; you cannot add or delete templates.
As explained below (see Editing H.264 Templates) it is always a good idea to backup the
template files before making changes.
Note If the input file and output file have the same file extension, or the converted file has
the same extension as the input file, VEMS will create a new file name by appending
the output file bitrate in kbps to the original file name. For example, {original
name}_500K.mp4. Note that there is a 4GB limit on files encoded to MP4.
98
Template Name
This editable field shows the template currently selected.
Description
Optional. Add a user-friendly description.
Buffer Window
0.1 – 100 sec. Sets the rate control buffer depth in seconds. Larger
buffer sizes may improve video quality and make the encoder's rate
control more consistent.
Key Frame Interval
This interval allows a player to "sync up" with a video stream
already in progress by providing basic anchoring and orienting
data. If "key frames" are sent less frequently, it will take longer for
the video to begin playing.
Resolution at 720
16:9 Input
If the input file has a 16:9 aspect ratio, and the input video height
is greater than or equal to 720, the output file will have the value
shown. Enter 0x0 to use the resolution of the source video file,
otherwise enter [width]x[height].
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Resolution at 4:3 Input Enter 0x0 to use the resolution of the source video file, otherwise
enter [width]x[height].
Audio Bitrate
This number represents how much data the VBrick will send out
each second to carry audio to a player.
Sort Order
Determines the order in which the templates are displayed on the
Add Video page. The template with the lowest value is displayed at
the top of the list.
Status
Active | Inactive
Frame Rate
This number represents how many frames the VBrick will send out
each second to carry the video to a player.
Video Bitrate
This number represents how much data the VBrick will send out
each second to carry video to a player.
Resolution at 360
16:9 Input
If the input file has a 16:9 Aspect Ratio, and the input video height
is less than 720, the output file will have the value shown. Enter
0x0 to use the resolution of the source video file, otherwise enter
[width]x[height].
Sample Frequency
Select from dropdown. The frequency at which the audio is
sampled at the encoder.
Editing H.264 Templates
You can edit the templates using the interface but you cannot add or delete templates. If you
are planning to edit the template files it is always a good idea to backup the original .xml files to a safe
location for future use. If necessary you can also edit the files in an .xml editor. The templates
are located in: C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Transcoder Templates
The output file resolution is based on the aspect ratio and resolution of the input file. For
example, if the input file video is 16:9, and the video width is greater than or equal to 720px,
the output file video resolution will be shown in the following table as 720 16:9. If the input
file video is 16:9, and the video width is less than 720 px, the output file video resolution will
be shown in the following table as 360 16:9. The following settings are common to all H.264
templates and can only be changed by editing the .xml file.
Audio codec
AAC-LC
Video encoding mode CBR-1 pass
Resize mode
Letterbox
Audio channels
Stereo
Audio bits per sample 16
Table 15. H.264 Transcode Templates
Template
H.264
Best
Quality
(LAN)
H.264
1.5M High
Motion
(LAN)
H.264
750K High
Motion
(Internet)
H.264
500K Low
Motion
(Internet)
H.264
128K High
Motion
(Internet)
H.264
IPhone &
ITouch
H.264
H.264
Custom 1 Custom 2
Video Bitrate
8M
1.5M
750K
500K
128K
1.5M
5M
2.5M
Resolution
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
99
720 16:9
1280x720 960x544
656x368
656x368
256x144
480x272
0x0 †
640x360
360 16:9
656x368
656x368
656x368
656x368
256x144
480x272
0x0
640x360
480 4:3
640x480
640x480
400x300
640x480
320x240
480x360
0x0
640x480
Video Frame Rate
30
30
30
15
15
30
0
0 ††
Video Codec
H.264
Baseline
H.264
Main
H.264
Main
H.264
Main
H.264
Main
H.264
Baseline
H.264
Main
H.264
Main
Key Frame Interval
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
Video Buffer Window
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
Audio Sample Rate
48
44.1
44.1
44.1
44.1
48
44.1
44.1
Audio Bitrate
192
128
96
96
96
160
192
128
†
Resolution 0x0 means use resolution of input file.
††
Frame Rate 0 means use frame rate of input file.
Editing Windows Media Templates
You can edit the templates using the interface but you cannot add or delete templates. If you
are planning to edit the template files it is always a good idea to backup the original .xml files to a safe
location for future use. If necessary you can also edit the files in an .xml editor. The templates
are located in: C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Transcoder Templates
Output file resolution is based on the input file aspect ratio and resolution of the input file.
The following settings are common to all Windows Media templates and can only be changed
by editing the .xml file.
Video codec
VC-1 Main
Audio codec
WMA Professional
Video/audio encoding mode CBR-1 pass
Resize mode
Letterbox
Audio Channels
Stereo
Audio bits per sample
16
Table 16. Windows Media Transcode Templates
Template
VC-1 Best
VC-1 1.2M
Quality (LAN) (LAN)
VC-1 300K
(Internet)
VC-1 128K
(Internet)
VC-1 Windows
Mobile
VC-1
VC-1
Custom 1 Custom 2
Video Bitrate
4.2M
1.2M
300K
128K
350K
4M
1M
16:9
640x360
384x216
256x144
160x92
240x136
0x0
384x216
4:3
640x480
320x240
240x180
160x120
240x180
0x0
364x272
Video Frame Rate
30
30
30
15
15
0
40
Key Frame Interval
3
3
5
6
8
4
4
Video Buffer Window
1
1
5
8
2
4
4
Audio Sample Rate
48
48
32
44.1
44.1
44.1
48
Audio Bitrate
192
128
32
32
48
192
128
Resolution
100
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Global Settings
Restricting Access
The More Tools > Add Video page makes transcoding options available to users. By default,
the Output Format on the Transcoding window is set to None and transcoding is disabled. To
enable transcoding, select an output format and a template. By default, if transcoding is
enabled, both the original input file and the transcoded file are ingested. The Transcoding
options should be used with care. A best practice is to restrict access to this feature so that
transcoded files are not created inadvertently every you add a video. Access can be restricted
by limiting access the NVR server(s) that perform the transcoding.
T
1.
To limit transcoding to specified users:
Open the Admin Console and go to Users (or User Groups ) and click > Allow Access to
Specific Recorder Servers.
2.
3.
To enable transcoding, check the box to make the NVR server(s) available. This will
allow the selected user (or group) to access that server.
To disable transcoding, uncheck the box to make the NVR server(s) not available.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
101
102
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 3
Server Administration
Topics in this section
Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Modify VOD Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Expired Content Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Access Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
User Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Resource Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Digital Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Channels
Channel Guide
The Channel Guide configuration described here is used to display and populate the Channel
Guide tab on the Portal Server user interface. The Channel Guide displays programming data
from a VBrick channel server (Channel Guide Server 1) and/or it can display programming
data from a second source (Channel Guide Server 2). The programming data shown in the
Channel Guide can be updated periodically or on demand. This functionality requires a
Channel Server license. If this license is not installed, the options for Default URL and Default
Password are not shown on the Channel Guide configuration page.
Channel Guide Server 1
VBrick has partnered with a leading content provider, to provide news, information, and
entertainment programming. This is an optional service that requires a license and may not
be supported at your site. The program listing includes some 80+ television programs. These
programs are generally all "network" listings, such as ABC, CBS, NBC, CNN, "National
Geographic Channel, etc. The listing comes from a VBrick-maintained server. This server is a
VBrick Apache machine that connect to our third-party content provider. In this scenario,
the third-party provider provides the programming data shown on the Channel Guide user
interface. Note that program data is only retrieved for defined TV stations (see Add TV
Stations on page 109).
T
To enable Channel Guide Server 1:
1.
Enable Channel Guide Server 1.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
103
2.
3.
Define the TV Stations you want to appear in the Channel Guide.
Click Update Now to populate the defined TV stations with hourly programing data.
Channel Guide Server 2
You can use Channel Guide Server 2 to enable another source of program data. This is an
optional service that requires a license and may not be supported at your site. There are two
possible scenarios. The first option is to implement a web service that models the VBrick
web service. This option requires the services of an experienced software developer. In the
second option, you use VEMS as a Channel Guide Server host. There is a local VEMS
channel web service that can be used for a second channel guide server. As explained below
you point web.config of the web service to the local/virtual directory of the VEMS server
which has the xml station and program data. Sample station and program data is located in
the following VEMS folder:
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Common\ChannelGuideWS\web.config
You will need one programming file for each defined station. You can create this file
manually or you can write a program to auto-generate the file.
T
To configure VEMS as a Channel Guide Server host:
1.
2.
3.
Enable Channel Guide Server 2.
Go to C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Common\ChannelGuideWS\web.config
Create and add the following files to this folder and modify web.config to point to them.
stations.xml
<stationid>.xml
4.
Modify web.config to point to the files you created.
... value="C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Common\ChannelGuideWS\stations.xml"
... value="C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Common\ChannelGuideWS\10003"
5.
Each station defined in stations.xml (Figure 22) must have its own station id file named
after the <stationid>, for example 10003.xml (Figure 23).
Figure 22.
104
stations.xml
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Figure 23.
10003.xml
Changing the Time Zone
The times for Channel Guide listings on the Portal Server are in UCT (Universal Coordinated
Time). The program times are calculated by the Portal Server software using the time zone
setting in Windows. For example, if a program is listed as beginning at 1800 hours UCT, and
your time zone is U.S. Eastern, the "offset" from UCT is -5 and the program will be listed at
1300 hours. If your time zone is U.S. Pacific, the "offset" is -8 and the program will be listed
at 1000 hours. To get accurate program listings, your local time zone must be properly
configured in Windows. The Portal Server computer is shipped with U.S. Eastern time and
should be reconfigured to match your own time zone. Use the following steps to set the time
zone and verify that it was successfully changed.
T
To change the time zone:
1.
For reference purposes, note the currently scheduled time for any program in the
Channel Guide.
Go to Start > Control Panel > Date and Time and select the Time Zone where the Portal
Server is located.
When done reboot the Portal Server and open the Admin Console.
Go to Channels > Channel Guide > Channel Guide Update and click Update Now.
Wait approximately 20 minutes for the Channel Guide to update.
Verify that the time zone has been updated. Check the scheduled time for the program
you noted in Step 1 and verify it has been updated to match your current time zone.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
105
Channel Guide Server 1
Configuration
Use to define Channel Guide Server 1. Check to enable using
the default web service URL.
• Default URL – use the default VBrick web service. To
enter a different URL location, uncheck the Default box
and enter a web service URL.
• Web Service URL – enter a valid web service URL.
• Default Password – use the default password or uncheck,
enter and confirm a new password.
Channel Guide Server 2/
• Channel Guide Server 2 – use to define a second source
DVB Gateway Configuration
of programming data. The fields are the same as above.
• Use DVB Gateway data – reserved for future use.
Channel Guide Update Time Select the time and day when the Portal Server will connect
and Day
to the Channel Guide Server for program updates. This
updates the Channel Guide on the user interface. When TV
Station program data is updated, all expired Custom Station
program data (more than 14 days old) is purged.
106
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Channel Guide Update
Click Update Now to immediately retrieve programming from
the Channel Guide Server and/or update the Channel Guide
on the user interface. An update purges all outdated
programming information from the database.
Stations
Use this page to add stations to the Channel Guide on the Portal Server "user" interface.
There are two types of stations. Custom Stations are those for which you define program
information and associate with a stream. TV Stations are those acquired through a third-party
provider. TV Stations are also associated with a stream and already have program information
provided by a Channel Guide Server. Note that the Add TV Stations option is not shown
unless you have a Channel Guide Server license installed on the Portal Server (see Install/
Replace License Files on page 17 for more information). All currently defined stations are
shown in the Stations List .
The Portal Server discovers all available live streams on the network. On a network with
many live streams, the administrator can keep the stream list organized by assigning channel
numbers. This also provides an environment for end users that is similar to television. When
adding stations, you can assign or change the Icon , Name, Channel number etc. You can also
enter a searchable Description that displays in the Info popup when you mouseover the
channel number in the user interface. You can also enter Tags for searching, and values for
any custom fields that have been defined (see Custom Fields on page 32).
Note For best viewing results after adding stations, click the Live Media button on the user
interface to refresh the page and verify your changes. To avoid caching conflicts, do
not use the browser refresh (F5) button.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
107
Add Custom Stations
T
To add a custom station:
1.
2.
Go to Channels > Stations and click Add Custom Stations.
Click on any available live stream to populate the window shown below. Note that only
those streams not currently assigned to stations are displayed and available for use.
3.
Select an existing icon or Browse to a file and select Import to make additional icons
available.
Change the station Name (optional) and enter a Channel number (required).
Add a Description of the channel and Tags. These are displayed on the Info page shown
when you mouseover the station icon. They are associated with the stream and make it
easier to search for specific content.
When done click Add Custom Station . This creates the station, disables the Add Custom
Station button, and enables the Edit Programs and Add New Links buttons.
Add custom programming information (see Custom Programs) and links (see Add New
Links) as explained below.
Click Modify Custom Station when done to save your changes.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
108
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Available VBrick
SAP Live Streams
Select an available live stream on your network. These were previously
created and include VBrick SAPs (Session Announcements),
multicasts from VOD servers, and URLs that were manually entered.
See URLs on page 81 for more information about manually-entered
URLs. Note that only those streams not currently assigned to stations are
displayed in this list.
Icon Image
Navigate to any valid image file (.jpg, .gif, or .png, only). Use an image
that will scale appropriately. All images are resized to 18x30 px.
Channel Name
Name assigned to the station that will display on the popup when you
click an icon in the Channel Guide.
Channel #
Required. Unique number that will display on the popup when you
mouseover the icon on the Live Media page
Description
Optional. Description that will display on the View Info page.
Tags
Optional. Enter searchable keyword tags(s) separated by commas or
spaces that will display on the View Info page.
Custom Programs
Lets you add custom programming data. Note that you must add a
Custom Station before creating programs for it.
Custom Fields
Any Custom Fields created on the Global Settings > Custom Fields
page are shown here.
Links
Optional. Add hyperlinks that will display on the View Info page. See
Add New Links below. Note that you must add a Custom Station
before creating links for it.
Add TV Stations
This option is not shown unless you have a license for a Channel Guide Server. If you do
have a license, certain content is being made available from a third-party provider. Adding a
TV Station is the same as adding a Custom Station (see above) with two important
distinctions. First, you must select a Station Name from the pre-populated list, an example of
which is shown below. Second, there is no button that will allow you to create custom
programming. The programming for TV Stations is automatically provided by the specified
Channel Guide Server and updated at regular specified intervals (see Channel Guide on
page 103 for details).
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
109
Station Name
Select a station from the pre-populated dropdown list.
Channel Name
Enter a searchable name (for example "CBS") so you can search By
Channel Name in the Channel Guide.
Channel #
Enter a unique number that will identify the channel in the Channel
Guide.
Add New Links
This feature lets you add a hyperlink to the page you get by clicking the View Info link that is
associated with each live stream.
T
To add a new link:
1.
2.
Click Add New Link and enter a Link Title and Link Type.
Enter a Web Page URL or navigate to an upload file (an image, a Microsoft Word
document, etc.).
Click Add Link when done and repeat as many times as necessary.
3.
110
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Link Title
The title actually displayed on the View Info page, for example
"Additional Information."
Link Type
• Web page URL – Enter a valid URL or copy and paste one from
your web browser.
• Uploaded File – Browse to select an upload file. This can be a
PowerPoint, an image, or any file you want to make available to
end users. The file is automatically uploaded to the Portal Server
and the Portal Server creates a URL for end users to access it.
Custom Programs
This page is used to add programming information to an existing station. You can only
program custom stations; TV stations (if present) are auto-programmed by a Channel Guide
Server. You use the Custom Programs page to manually create programming data and
associate it with a Custom Station. For example, you may want to modify the Channel Guide
so that "Monday Night Football" is shown in the 8–10 P.M. time slot on Monday nights from
September through January.
Note All times for custom programs are shown on this page in the currently selected time
zone for the Admin Console—not in local time. When displayed in the Channel Guide
however, the time is converted to viewer's local time zone. (The Admin Console time
zone is displayed is configured in Global Assignments.)
Add Custom Programs
T
To add custom programming to a custom station:
1.
2.
Click on Custom Programs to display the Custom Stations page.
The "Custom Station" dropdown list shows all currently defined custom stations. Select a
Custom Station from this list and then click Add New Custom Program .
Use the fields explained below to create custom programming for the selected station.
Click on the header titles as appropriate to sort the entries in the list.
Use the horizontal slider bar to display all fields. When done, click Add . The program will
be added to the specified time slot and you will see a view similar to Figure 24 when you
mouseover the item in the Channel Guide on the user interface.
3.
4.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
111
Note When TV Station program data is updated from the Channel Guide Server, all expired
Custom Station program data (more than 14 days old) is purged.
Custom Station
From the dropdown list, select a defined Custom Station for which
you want to define a program.
Delete Programs
This Station
Delete all programming data for the selected station.
Delete Programs
For All Stations
Delete all programing data for all stations.
Add New Custom
Program
Add a new line at the bottom of the "Current Programming" list for a
new custom programming item.
ID
Program ID. Read only.
Station Name
Station Name. Read only.
Program Title/
Desc
Program Title – is shown in the Channel Guide, for example "Monday
Night Football."
Description – is shown on the popup (see Figure 24) when you
mouseover the item in the Channel Guide and click Info.
Program Start Date Use the calendar to select the start date and start time. Alternately, you
can manually enter the values in the proper format: for example:
3/10/2009 5:30:00 PM
112
Program Duration
Required. Program length in minutes. Maximum = 1440 (24 hr.).
To add a custom program that never ends, set Program Duration to
"1440," with a "Daily" Program Recurrence Type, and a "NoEnd"
Program End Type.
Program
Recurrence Type
None | Daily | Weekly. If weekly, occurs on the same day as specified
in Start Date.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Program End Type Select NoEnd or EndDate and use calendar.
Program
End Date
Use the calendar to select recurrence end date.
Figure 24. Custom Program Data
Note The message "Program Unavailable" in the Channel Guide means there is no
programming data associated with the stream. It does not mean the stream itself is
unavailable. You can still click on the stream to launch it in the preview window.
Edit Custom Programs
T
To edit a Custom Program:
1.
2.
Navigate to the program you want to change and click Edit .
Manually edit any of the fields as necessary and click Update when done.
Modify VOD Content
Video on Demand Servers only. Administrators and authorized users can modify and delete
content located on their video on-demand servers. (Note that you cannot delete or modify
any content files that are currently in use.) Administrators can find or filter the displayed
assets by clicking on All , Tags, Title, or Expiration Date. You can also use this window to set
Expiration , define the maximum number of concurrent viewers, and update expiration dates
for purchased content. Also, be aware that a user with publishing permissions can delete
content by clicking the Info hyperlink and then Delete Video. To disable this user option,
disable the user's content publishing permissions (see Allow Content Publishing on
page 140).
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
113
Purchased Content Expiration
Purchased content is protected against theft, piracy, or copyright violation by means of an
expiration date or viewing period. Each piece of content has an optional expiration date in
the database. If the current date is later than this expiration date, the content cannot be
viewed by a Portal Server user. When new content is added (for example using Add Video or
autoingest), administrators can optionally enter an Expiration Date or Viewing Period and can
limit the number of concurrent viewers. This data can be modified at anytime. The Expired
Content Log shows all expired content on your system in chronological order with the oldest
expiration date first. See Copyright Protection on page 2 for more information.
If third-party content is purchased from VBrick, however, the Expiration Date or Viewing
Period are automatically populated with read-only data that cannot be changed without
updating the license. (Content Provider and Content Group are only populated when you
select purchased content.) If you purchased third-party content from VBrick, this content
was installed on your VOD server(s) prior to shipment. If you purchased content later, this
content can be mass-ingested into the Portal Server using a provided utility. See
Purchased Content Ingestion on page 217 for more information.
Search box (All)
114
Search for specific assets by selecting All, Tags, Title, or Expiration
Date. Then click Refresh.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Filter Pattern
Search for specific assets using a filter pattern. Type any text string
and click Refresh. For example, type mp4 to search for assets with
mp4 in the title. The filter does not recognize "wildcards" and is not
case-sensitive.
Name
Video content name. Click on Refresh to re-paint the screen or Purge
button to remove the artifacts of failed Delete operations.
Expiration
Expiration date if any.
Folders
Use to navigate to a specific folder.
Filename
Click once on any named content in the list to populate this field.
Expiration
• Expiration Date – set date in mm/dd/yyyy 12:00 AM format.
• Viewing Period – set a value for viewing period in hours, days,
weeks, months, or years.
Max. Concurrent
Users
Defines the maximum number of users who can view this stream at
the same time. Select Unlimited or enter a value greater than zero.
Content Provider
This read-only field is populated with information when you select a
video that was included in content purchased from VBrick.
Content Group
This read-only field is populated with information when you select a
video that was included in content purchased from VBrick.
Valid Licenses
This dropdown displays a list of all currently valid licenses for content
purchased from VBrick. Select the license you wish to update.
Update all content
expiration for the
selected license
Use this field to update the expiration dates of purchased content.
First install the license you receive from VBrick (see Install/Replace
License Files on page 17). Then check this box and click Submit to
update the content expiration data for the select license.
T
To modify VOD Content:
1.
2.
Click on the content to be changed.
Enter a new filename and/or path for that file. Note that the file must be alphanumeric
characters and cannot contain embedded spaces.
Set the Expiration Date or Viewing Period as necessary.
To delete a file, select the file and click Delete.
3.
4.
Note NXG1 only. You cannot rename or otherwise manage VOD files stored on some
legacy NXG1 servers. This feature is supported on all NXG2 servers and on all other
servers currently available with VEMS Portal Server.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
115
Diagnostics
This window displays information about Scheduler events only. It displays system log
messages by source and time and (generally) IP address. Use Clear All to empty the log. Note
that all times are shown in the currently selected time zone for the Admin Console—not in local time.
The Admin Console time zone is displayed near the bottom of the page and is configured in
Global Assignments (see "Assign Time Zone of Admin Console.")
Status
This window shows the status of videos being added or recorded. Use Refresh and Purge as
necessary. Use the tree controls on the left to expand (or contract) individual entries. Click
the Cancel icon to the left of each to cancel a recording or ingestion in progress. This also
cancels the recording on the Live Media page.
116
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Expired Content Log
This window shows all expired content in chronological order with the oldest expiration date
first. Click Purge All to delete all records in the log. See Modify VOD Content on page 113
and Stream Restrictions on page 33 for more information.
Access Control
Under the Access Control section, administrators have the ability to enable Authentication
and Authorization which requires users to login and be authenticated. By default Enable
Authentication and Authorization is unchecked which allows everyone to access all content
and all functions (recording, publishing, etc.). When Access Control is enabled, User Groups,
and Resource Groups are shown on the navigation bar. Access control determines what
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
117
functionality is available to each user. For example some users may have unlimited access,
while others can only view certain live channels and may not have permission to record live
channels or add videos to the VOD server. Users and User Groups on page 131 explains in
detail how configure users and groups.
Access control also lets you specify which folders are used when individual users record live
media, add videos, or autoingest content. If you do not enable Authentication and
Authorization , all of these actions default to the root folder (which can quickly get cluttered).
Note As soon as you check Enable Authentication and Authorization , users will be prompted
for User Names and Passwords. VBrick recommends configuring the system prior to
user access or during off hours when the network is idle.
Enable Authentication Enable authentication and authorization which requires users to
and Authorization
login and be authenticated. If not checked, all users have access to
all functionality and content.
Use VBrick database
Use the VBrick (non LDAP) database provided with VEMS Portal
Server.
Use LDAP database
Use an LDAP database. VBrick supports several LDAP
implementations including Microsoft Active Directory, Novell
eDirectory, and Oracle (Sun) Enterprise Directory Server. These
vendor implementations are tested and supported by VBrick.
Use RSA
authentication
Use RSA authentication provided by RSA, the Security Division of
EMC.
Use LDAP Database
Administrators have the option of using the onboard VBrick database for authentication,
using an LDAP database, or using both. VBrick supports major LDAP vendors such as Microsoft
Active Directory, Novell eDirectory, and Oracle (Sun) Enter prise Directory Server. These directory
118
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
services have been tested in some configurations but may not work with all structures and
schemas. Apple OpenDirectory is not currently supported; Microsoft "Universal" type
security groups are also not supported. In all cases, nested groups (groups within groups) are
incompatible with VEMS. Contact Support Services for more information. Use the options
on the following page to add or manage LDAP servers.
If authenticating against Microsoft's Active Directory, check the LDAP Server is Microsoft
Active Directory check box and enter the path to the LDAP server in the LDAP Path box. If
authenticating against a directory other than Microsoft Active Directory, do not check LDAP
Server is Microsoft Active Directory. LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a
standardized method to access directories from multiple vendors. A complete discussion of
LDAP is beyond the scope of this document.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
119
120
LDAP Server is Microsoft
Active Directory
Check only if using Microsoft Active Directory.
Use Integrated Windows
Authentication
Use "single sign-on." This means that once you login to your
local network, you can open VEMS Portal Server without reentering your login credentials. See below Use LDAP with
Single Sign-On.
Use Independent Group
Entries
If unchecked (the default), the user's group memberships are
stored as attributes of the user's directory entry identified by
the Attribute for Groups field. If checked, VEMS will support
LDAP models where group entries are independent of user
entries. If checked, the Independent Group ObjectClass and
Independent Group Identifier fields are required.
LDAP Path †
Required by VEMS Portal Server. Case sensitive. Must begin
with LDAP:// Points to a specific position in the LDAP tree
and also includes the machine IP address (or Domain name)
on which the server is running. For example use LDAP://
myLDAPServer with Microsoft Active Directory; use LDAP://
myLDAPServer:636 with Novell eDirectory. For more
information, see Installing the Root Certificate on page 125.
Attribute for Usernames †
Required by VEMS Portal Server. Attribute to identify a user.
The following sample username attributes are widely used but
refer to a specific LDAP schema:
• Microsoft Active Directory: sAMAccountName
• Novell eDirectory: uid
• Oracle (Sun) LDAP: uid
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Attribute for Groups †
Required by VEMS Portal Server. Attribute to identify the
group to which a user belongs. The following sample group
attributes are widely used but refer to a particular LDAP
schema:
• Microsoft Active Directory: memberOf
• Novell eDirectory: groupMembership
• Oracle (Sun) LDAP: uniqueMember
User Base DN
Base distinguishing name (DN) of user node and/or the Base
DN for the Master Username.
Username Prefix
Used in non-Active Directory environments where the user
name is prefixed with a specific string such as uid= or cn=.
The following sample prefixes are widely used but refer to a
specific LDAP schema:
• uid= (Oracle ((Sun)) LDAP)
• cn=
Master Username
Required for single-sign-on. User name that has admin
permission to browse the LDAP tree. Used to browse the
LDAP tree to get user groups.
Master Password
Required for single-sign-on. Password for Master Username.
Ind. GroupObjectClass
A group attribute in the LDAP database. Identifies which
entries will be searched for user memberships. Oracle (Sun)
LDAP uses groupOfUniqueNames
Ind. Group Identifier
The group attribute that uniquely identifies a group. VEMS
will match the values returned for this attribute with group
names entered on the User Groups page. Oracle (Sun) LDAP
uses cn
Group Base DN
Base distinguishing name (DN) of user node.
† VEMS Portal Server required field. All others are optional.
Note The Softerra LDAP Browser 2.6 provides an Explorer-like LDAP client you can use to
browse the LDAP tree. It is available for Windows only and can be downloaded free of
charge from Softerra at http://www.ldapbrowser.com
Use LDAP with Single Sign-On
The following procedures explain how to set up single sign-on in Windows Server 2003 and in
Windows Server 2008. To use single sign-on, go to Access Control and then check Enable
Authentication and Authorization and Use LDAP Database . If the LDAP server is Microsoft
Active Directory, you can select Use Integrated Windows Authentication to enable "VEMS
Single Sign-on." This means that once you login to your local network with your assigned
credentials, you can open VEMS Portal Server without re-entering your login credentials.
VEMS Portal Server uses your assigned credentials to authenticate and authorize your
defined permissions within the application. (If using an LDAP directory other than
Microsoft's Active Directory, VBrick strongly recommends using SSL to encrypt the
communication between the Portal Server server and the LDAP directory. Please consult
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
121
your LDAP vendor documentation for instructions on how to configure SSL.) When
configuring for Integrated Windows Authentication, keep the following points in mind:
•
•
•
•
•
Integrated Windows Authentication is only valid when using LDAP Authentication with
Microsoft Active Directory.
You must perform an additional configuration step in IIS as explained below in
Configuring IIS for Single Sign-On (Windows Server 2003) or Configuring IIS for Single
Sign-On (Windows Server 2008).
Integrated Windows Authentication only works seamlessly with Microsoft Internet
Explorer browsers (Windows and Macintosh). When accessing VEMS Portal Server, you
will get a popup login window only if you have not previously logged in to the network.
When using Integrated Windows Authentication, all single-sign-on users must have an
Active Directory account and the Portal Server must be part of the Windows domain.
When using Integrated Windows Authentication, Microsoft Internet Explorer's default
behavior is that it will not prompt for an ID/password when the server is in the Local
Intranet Zone. (By default, Internet Explorer assumes a URL without a period (.). This
means http://yourserver/ is in the Local Intranet Zone while http://
yourserver.yourcompany.com (or http://199.88.7.11)) is in the Internet Zone.
Note If single sign-on is enabled on multiple LDAP servers, when a user signs on for the
first time, the system validates the login credentials against all servers configured for
single sign-on. If you are validated by at least one server, you are automatically logged
in. In most cases when single sign-on is enabled, the user will not be prompted for a
Domain name at login.
Configuring IIS for Single Sign-On (Windows Server 2003)
Use the following steps to configure IIS for single sign-on. If you do not perform these steps, the
login page will likely be blank when you launch the Portal Server.
T
To configure IIS for single sign-on:
1.
2.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Computer Management .
Expand Services and Applications and expand Internet Information Services (IIS)
Manager.
Expand Web Sites and then right-click on Default Web Site and select Properties.
Go to Directory Security > Authentication and access control and make sure that
Integrated Windows authentication is checked on the following window.
3.
4.
122
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Configuring IIS for Single Sign-On (Windows Server 2008)
Use the following steps to configure IIS for single sign-on. If you do not perform these steps, the
login page will likely be blank when you launch the Portal Server.
T
To configure IIS for single sign-on:
1.
2.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Server Management .
Select Web Server (IIS) and click Add Role Services.
3.
Enable the required roles (Basic
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
Authentication
and Windows
Authentication ).
123
4.
Restart IIS. Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) and
click on the Authentication option for the server.
5.
Right-click on Basic
Authentication
and Windows
Authentication
to Enable.
Use Single Sign-On
124
T
To use single-sign-on (and avoid username/password prompts), you must do one of the
following:
•
Access the Portal Server by the alphabetical name (for example http://yourserver).
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
•
•
Access the Portal Server by the IP address in which case you must also add the Portal
Server to the Local Intranet Zone (Internet Options > Security > Sites ). This setting can be
pushed company-wide by an administrator using security policies.
Change Internet Explorer's default settings to allow Automatic logon with current
username and password (Go to Internet Options > Security > Custom Level > User
Authentication ).
Use LDAP with SSL
Installing the Root Certificate
If the LDAP server requires SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) for encryption and authentication,
you will need to install the certificate locally on the VEMS Portal Server as a Trusted Root
Certificate Authority.
T
To install the root certificate locally on the VEMS Portal Server as Trusted Root
Certificate Authority:
1.
2.
Open Internet Explorer.
In the address bar type https://LDAPSERVER:636 where LDAPSERVER is the address of the
LDAP Server associated with Certificate Authority (See Resolving Other Security Alerts
on page 126) and 636 is the SSL port used to authenticate with the LDAP Server.
When Internet Explorer displays a Security Alert dialog (Internet Explorer 6) or
certificate error screens (Internet Explorer 7), click View Certificate.
3.
Note Internet Explorer 6 only. All three items in the Security Alert window below must be
in compliance. The first item can easily be installed using these instructions; for the
middle item, the local CA will need to create a new certificate if it is out of date; for
the last item, the name of the certificate will need to match the address entered in the
address bar of your browser.
4.
5.
A Certificate window will open, click on the Certificate Path tab.
If there is more than on certificate listed in the Certificate Path tab, choose the root
certificate by selecting the top-most certificate and then clicking View Certificate.
6.
Choose the General tab. and click Install Certificate.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
125
7.
Click Next .
8.
9.
Click Place all certificates in the following store.
Click Browse.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Check Show physical stores check box.
Click the plus sign (+) next to Trusted Root Certificate Authorities.
Select Local Computer and click OK .
Click Next and Finish when done.
Resolving Other Security Alerts
If you are receiving any other Security Alerts you will need to identify the problem as either
"out of date" or The name on the security certificate is invalid. If the certificate has an invalid
name, follow the steps below to determine the valid name. If the certificate has an "out of
date" error, a new certificate must be created.
126
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
T
To determine the valid certificate name:
1.
2.
Click View Certificate.
The General tab shows who the Certificate is issued to; the address shown is the address
that will need to be used in the browser address bar, as well as in the configuration of the
LDAP Server.
For example: if the information is edirldap.vb.loc then the address bar should read https:/
/edirldap.vb.loc:636 and the LDAP Path should read LDAP://edirldap.vb.loc:636 To find
out if the address is accessible, ping the address given in a command prompt. If the address is
not accessible you must create or add a DNS entry to the Host file on the local server or
generate a new certificate with the correct information.
Use RSA Authentication
The VEMS Portal Server supports RSA Authentication. This feature works when there is an
authentication and authorization plugin loaded on the VEMS IIS server. VBrick has tested
this feature in an RSA-secured environment. Plugins from other vendors may also work if
they can include HTTP headers similar to those explained below.
T
To configure the Portal Server for RSA Authentication:
1.
Launch the Portal Server Admin Console and click on Access Control in the left
navigation panel. (Note that the following screen shows sample data.)
2.
3.
Check the Use RSA authentication option to enable RSA authentication.
Populate the User ID, E-Mail, and Group fields in the HTTP header as explained below.
User ID Field Name Name of the HTTP header field that will store the unique User ID.
For Vodafone, this may be the VDUID or the E-Mail address.
E-Mail Field Name
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
Name of the HTTP header field that will store the user's e-mail
address.
127
Group Field Name
Name of the HTTP header field that will store the user's group/
organization membership. For Vodafone, this will be the VfOpCoID.
Use Group ID
Check this box if the Group Field Name (above) returns a group ID
rather than a group name. For Vodafone, this should be checked.
Configuring the Group ID
The User Group ID field (see below) will display only if the Use Group ID box is checked on
the Access Control page. The User Group ID is a unique identifier for the group. To set the
Group ID, go to User Groups > Add User Groups > Add/Modify Group Information .
"Default" Group
This is the default group used to define base permissions for all users.
User Group Name A unique name for the group.
User Group ID
The User Group ID is a unique identifier for the group.
Users
See Configuring Users on page 135.
User Groups
See Configuring User Groups on page 142.
Resource Groups
See Resource Groups on page 143.
128
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Server Administration
Digital Signage
If you purchased the Digital Signage application, a Digital Signage button will display on the
on the navigation bar launch a login page. Digital Signage is a standalone VBrick application
that lets you use VBrick video appliances and VOD servers to configure and display dynamic
video content on digital signage displays like LCDs, plasma screens, and other devices. In
order to integrate video into a Digital Signage display, content creators simply add the URL
of the live video from a VBrick appliance or the video on-demand URL from a VOD server.
The VBrick Digital Signage player receives the video and displays it on a plasma or LCD
screen. Output from the Digital Signage player can also be input to a VBrick encoder and
delivered as one video stream over the network, allowing it to work with VEMS, VBrick
reflectors, and VBoss (VBrick's Online Streaming Services). For more information see the
Digital Signage Quick Start Guide.
Help
This command launches the VEMS Portal Server online help system in a new window. This
online help system provide fast full-text search and makes it easy to find the information you
need. To navigate in the help window, use the tree controls on the left to expand a topic and
the navigation buttons at the top to move to a different page. Go to About this Help > Using
this Help for information about how to Print pages and use the full text Search feature.
About
This page displays the Portal Server (VEMS) version number (for example 5.3) as well as
license and serial number data for each installed module. The serial numbers provide
warranty and tracking information. You may be asked for the module serial number when
requesting help from VBrick Support Services.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
129
Logout
This command logs you out of the application and lets you log back in as a different user.
This may be necessary to gain access to certain functionality. For example, some users may
not be allowed to create thumbnails and you may want to login as a user who has the
permissions to do this.
130
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 4
Users and User Groups
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Configuring Users and User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Configuring Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Configuring User Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Resource Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
IPR Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Overview
Adding the Enterprise Media System to a network provides many benefits in the form of
increasing access to rich media. However, because of the sensitive nature of some video
assets, many customers want to limit access to different users or groups of users. VBrick's
VEMS Portal Server allows Administrators to setup the system in just this manner. The
VEMS Portal Server makes it easy to provide different Users or User Groups access to
different resources. The VEMS Portal Server Access Control system allows administrators to
allow/deny access to the Portal Server for Windows-based PCs, Macintoshes, and IP
Receiver:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing of certain Live Channels
Viewing of stored content from specific VOD folders
Publishing content to specific VOD folders
Recording content to a specific VOD folder
Allow the viewing of content from only specific VOD servers on the network
The ability to place bandwidth restrictions for viewing content
The ability to limit certain users to only access Multicast or RTSP (unicast) content
The ability to group content resources (Live Channels and/or VOD content) into
Resource Groups, which allows the setup and modification of the Access Control
functionality to take place much more easily.
The VEMS Portal Server is permissive by default, meaning, authentication is not enabled and
access to the entire functionality of the server is allowed. However, to follow good security
practices, once the Access Control functionality is enabled on the Portal Server, all resources
are by default not available to any users. Administrators need to provide access to resources to
different users or user groups.
User-Related Definitions
The ability to provide different users different access to resources on a network is typically
referred to as access control, authentication and authorization, and/or access management.
VBrick refers to this functionality as Access Control. In order to fully understand the range
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
131
of functionality of the VEMS Portal Server Access Control system, it is beneficial to define
some of terms that are used in this section.
Authentication – Authentication is the process of identifying an individual, usually based on
a username and password. In security systems, authentication is distinct from authorization
(see below), which is the process of providing individuals access to resources based on their
identity. Authentication merely ensures that the individual is who he or she claims to be, but
says nothing about the access rights of the individual.
The VEMS Portal Server Access Control system allows administrators to authenticate users
against the VEMS Portal Server database or authenticate users against an LDAP directory.
More details on the different authentication databases are given below.
Authorization – Authorization is the process of granting or denying access to a network
resource. Most computer security systems are based on a two-step process. The first stage is
authentication, which ensures that a user is who he or she claims to be. The second stage is
authorization, which allows the user access to various resources based on the user's identity.
In the VEMS Portal Server, all authorization is done directly on the VEMS Portal Server,
through the VEMS Portal Server database.
LDAP – LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a set of protocols for accessing
information directories. The LDAP standard defines both a network protocol for accessing
information from the directory and an extensible structure for defining how the information
is organized in the directory. The advantage of using an LDAP directory is centralized
management of users. For example, a new user needs only to be entered once into the LDAP
directory and all future modifications to that user can be done in the same central location.
Different applications can authenticate and/or authorize users against the LDAP directory.
There are numerous LDAP directory products on the market today, but the most popular are
Microsoft Active Directory, Novell eDirectory, Sun iPlanet, and OpenLDAP. VBrick supports
major LDAP vendors but only Microsoft Active Directory and Novell eDirectory are fully tested and
supported.
VBrick Database – The VEMS Portal Server server ships by default with the MySQL
database, which is a fully ODBC-compliant database. (Open Database Connectivity is a
standard database access method.) For those environments that have not migrated to an
LDAP directory-based user management system, all of the authentication functionality can
be done directly in the VEMS Portal Server database itself. Also, for those environments that
are using LDAP directories for Authentication, all of the Authorization functionality also
takes place in the VEMS Portal Server database. Additionally, to reduce the chance of system
lockout, all Administrative Users are located in the VEMS Portal Server database.
Resources and Resource Groups – In the VEMS Portal Server, providing a user with
Resources refers to providing them access to a particular functionality of the Enterprise
Media System. These include the ability to view Live Channels, to view VOD content, to
publish content to the VOD, and to record content or schedule a recording. A unique feature
of the VEMS Portal Server software is the ability to group Resources into Resource Groups.
This allows the administrator to quickly and easily assign several resources at once to specific
Users or User Groups.
132
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
Configuring Users and User Groups
1. Setup and Configure VEMS Components
The following products need to be setup and properly configured prior to configuring Access
Control.
VEMS Portal Server – The VEMS Portal Server needs to be properly setup and configured
on the network. The following items should be configured in the Portal Server interface:
• If there is a VOD server(s) in the system, the proper addresses for these servers need
to be entered into the Portal Server Administrative pages and connectivity to those
servers should be ensured.
• The folder structure on the VOD server should be defined (even if there is no
content in these folders) as folders are how the Access Control functionality
provides access to end users to view VOD content, publish content, and record
content. When setting up the folder structure, the Administrator should be thinking
about how they plan to provide access to different groups of users. For example, if a
corporation wanted to provide certain content to the Engineering group and certain
content to the Marketing group, then they would want to set up an Engineering
folder and a Marketing folder on their VOD server.
• If there are live streams on the network, then those streams should be provided a
channel number if the Administrator wants to provide access to live streams via
channel number.
• If security is a concern, SSL should be turned on between clients and the VEMS
Portal Server server. This allows User Names and Passwords to be encrypted
between the client and the server. See the section Configuring for SSL on page 147
for instructions on how to configure this.
VBrick – If there are VBricks in the network, they are auto-discovered but still need to be
added to the Portal Server database.
VOD Server – If there are VOD servers in the network, again they need to have connectivity
to the Portal Server and the folder structure needs to be configured.
IP Receivers – If there are IPRs to be deployed in the system, they should be configured
with a Host Name, and should be configured to point to the VEMS Portal Server.
Additionally, if an LDAP server is going to be used to authenticate users, then the
administrator should know the address of the server, the group structures on the LDAP
server, and the Context (if the server is not Microsoft's Active Directory).
Note In order to scan the Groups available in Microsoft's Active Directory, in Windows
Explorer, go to Tools > Folder Options. On the General tab, make sure that the Show
common tasks in folders is selected. Then go to Start > My Network Places and select
Network Tasks > Search Active Directory.
2. Choose an Authentication Method
Select one of the following methods:
VBrick Database
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
The native VEMS Portal Server user database provides local
authentication for users and administrators.
133
LDAP Database
Enables the VEMS Portal Server to authenticate against, and retrieve
user and group data from, an existing LDAP server.
Both methods can be used simultaneously. If LDAP authentication is enabled, the VEMS
Portal Server will attempt to authenticate against the LDAP server first, and if this is
unsuccessful, will attempt to authenticate against the local VEMS Portal Server User
Database.
VBrick Database
If authentication is enabled, you must select a database (either VBrick or LDAP). The VBrick
(VEMS Portal Server) user database contains user, group, and resource information that
provides the Portal Server with information to allow it to provide the appropriate privileges
to users and IP Receivers that are accessing the system. Administrators should authenticate
users with the native Portal Server user database if:
•
•
User authentication is required, but the organization does not have an LDAP server.
For IPRs, the organization wishes to use User PINs. Since User PINs are not available in
the LDAP directory, the users need to be created in the VEMS Portal Server database
(Note: only those users that need PINs to access IPRs need to be created in the VEMS
Portal Server database. PC or Mac users can still be authenticated against LDAP).
LDAP Directory Server
An LDAP directory server contains User and Group information which the VEMS Portal
Server can authenticate against to verify User's identities. The Portal Server then uses this
information to authorize users to access the system. Administrators should authenticate users
with an LDAP Directory server if:
•
•
The organization has an LDAP server that they actively manage to allow products to
authenticate.
The VEMS Portal Server administrator can obtain the necessary configuration
information from the LDAP administrator to allow the authentication to occur.
Using LDAP reduces the amount of administrative time necessary to add and modify users
from the VEMS Portal Server system. VBrick Systems encourages customers who have
LDAP directories implemented to use them for authentication with the VEMS Portal Server.
3. Create User Groups on the Portal Server
Grouping users is common practice and makes administering access to the VEMS Portal
Server less complicated than administering access by individual user. The VEMS Portal
Server allows the administrator to create groups, specify group memberships for users, and
set access privileges for the group. A user can be a member of one group or multiple groups.
Group access privileges also can be set and modified on a per group basis. If an LDAP
directory is being used for Authentication, the same group information that is available in the
directory can be used to Authorize end users to access the VEMS Portal Server. For example,
if the organization has three User Groups in its LDAP directory—Marketing, Engineering,
and Sales—they can simply create these groups in the VEMS Portal Server system, and assign
privileges to the groups.
134
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
4. Create Resource Groups on the Portal Server
In the Portal Server software, providing a user with Resources refers to providing them
access to a particular functionality of the Enterprise Media System. These include the ability
to:
•
•
•
•
•
View Live Channels.
View VOD content.
Publish content to the VOD.
Record content or schedule a recording.
Launch a priority alert.
A unique feature of the Portal Server software is the ability to group Resources into Resource
Groups. This allows the administrator to quickly and easily assign several resources at once to
more than one User or User Groups. This also makes the ongoing management of this
content for these Users or User Groups much easier. For example, if the organization has
three User Groups—Marketing, Engineering, and Sales—they might create four resource
groups. These Resource Groups would be Full Access, which are resources that everyone can
see, and one Resource Group for each of the user groups. Full Access would be assigned to
all user groups, and the Marketing Resource Group would be assigned to the Marketing User
Group, the Engineering Resource Group to the Engineering User Group, and the Sales
Resource Group to the Sales User Group.
Resource Groups provide the added bonus that they allow the Administrator to quickly
provide access to new content to Users and User Groups. For example, if the organization
originally had ten Live Channels on the network, and another Live Channel was added, the
Administrator would simply need to add that Channel to the appropriate Resource Groups
and the channel would be available.
5. Create Users on the VEMS Portal Server
Creating users is an optional step that can be completed for the following reasons.
•
•
•
The organization needs to provide a single user with additional privileges above and
beyond what is available to his or her User Group or Resource Group.
The organization wants to authenticate IPR users using a PIN.
Users can be assigned to multiple User Groups.
6. Assign Resources to Users or User Groups
The final step is to provide access to Resources to Users and/or User Groups. The
administrator can assign individual resources to Users or User Groups, or can assign
Resource Groups (if created) to Users or User Groups. Detailed information on the steps to
configure access control and provide access to resources to Users and/or User Groups is
provided in the following sections.
Configuring Users
There are several different ways to provide privileges to different User and User Groups with
the VEMS Portal Server. The easiest way is to use the group structure of an existing LDAP
database. LDAP User Groups can be added to the VEMS Portal Server system and assigned
permissions (see User Groups below). All of the users in this group will have the same
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
135
permissions. For ease of implementation, VBrick recommends configuring User Groups and
Resource Groups (see these sections below), prior to configuring users.
However, if further individual permissions need to be assigned, administrators can add them
as a user. Under the users section, administrators have the ability to add, modify and delete
users. Submit may be pressed at anytime during the process or can be done when everything
has been added/modified. Users will have the permissions of the group as well as the
additional permission that are assigned to them. The VEMS Portal Server is additive in its
permissions, meaning that it takes all of the permissions that are provided to a particular user
and provides all of these to the user.
Users can be added by using the VBrick Database if LDAP authentication is not available or
desired. Finally, in order to assign user PINs to access IP Receivers, a user assignment is
needed (see IPR Authentication section below). Note that IPR PIN access is dependent on
the VBrick Database being enabled. See Access Control on page 117 for details.
Submit
Save changes and/or navigate to the next window.
Add New
Takes the administrator to the Add New User, User Group, or Resource
Group screen (depending on which section you are in)
Clear All
Clears any entries that have been entered in the individual sections.
Revert All
Returns all entries to the last state entered in the database. This selection is
important if a mistake is made during entry.
Cancel
Cancels out of the page. Changes are not saved.
Clear
Clear eliminates or de-selects any entries in the particular section.
Revert
Returns the selection to the last state entered in the database. This selection is
important if a mistake is made during entry.
Once all selections have been made, you can press Submit in the bottom right hand corner of
the screen (or any of the other buttons shown above) to submit the information to the
database. User privileges include the following options:
136
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
Add/Modify User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Add/Modify User's Group Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add/Modify User's Resource Group Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add/Modify Live Channel Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Add/Modify Live Program Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific FTP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific Recorder Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific VOD Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Access to Specific VOD Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Viewing by Content Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Allow Content Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Allow Content Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Default Content Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Allow VBrick Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Allow Presentation Device Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
IPR Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Schedule Privileges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Priority Alert Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Copyright Restrictions & Expiration Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Multimedia Authoring Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Content Edit Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Add/Modify User Information
To add or modify users, select Users from the navigation bar on the left.
User
• User – Use this option if the Enterprise Media System will be
accessed by a PC or Mac user, or if Users will be authenticated to
IPRs via PIN numbers. This access is not limited to a specific PC
or IPR.
• IP Receiver – Use this option if the Enterprise Media System will
be accessed via a IPR attached to a television or other video
display. If IP Receiver is selected, then the privilege to the system
will be on a per IPR basis. The authentication will take place
automatically, so no end user interaction is required. When
choosing IPR, the IPR's host name or IP address must be entered,
as well as an optional location/description of the IPR.
Username
To authenticate using an LDAP database, the user name must match
exactly what is in the LDAP database (the Portal Server is case
sensitive). A new user can also be assigned (if using the VBrick
database option) that does not exist in the LDAP database.
Password
For LDAP authentication a password is not needed (the user will use
their normal network login password). If using the VBrick database a
password must be entered (passwords are case sensitive). Passwords
cannot exceed 31 characters.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
137
IPR Pin
Optional. A PIN number can be assigned to a user that allows them to
access their content from any IPR, regardless of the IPR's privilege
level. This works well when an IPR is going to be a shared resource.
Note: IPR PIN access is dependent on VBrick Database being
enabled.
First Name
Optional. User first name.
Last Name
Optional. User last name.
E-mail address
Optional. User e-mail address.
Location
Optional. User location.
Assigning Privileges to Users
There are three ways to assign privileges to users:
•
•
•
Assign the User to a User Group that has privileges assigned to it.
Assign the User to a Resource Group that has privileges assigned to it.
Individually assign resources to the User.
These methods all can be combined. For example, to provide a User with access to the
resources provided to a User Group but also provide them access to additional resources, the
administrator can a) Assign the User to that Resource Group and b) Individually assign the
additional resources to that user. Each of these methods is discussed below.
Add/Modify User 's Group Assignments
Users can be assigned to specific User Groups, and they will inherit the privileges of that
group. If no User Groups appear, then none have been defined. Click User Groups in the
main navigation to the left to create User Groups.
Add/Modify User 's Resource Group Assignments
Users can be assigned to specific Resource Groups, and they will inherit the privileges of that
Resource Group. If no Resource Groups appear, then none of been defined. Click Resource
Groups in the main navigation to the left to create Resource Groups.
Add/Modify Live Channel Privileges
A "live channel" is a live stream that has been modified into a Custom station or a TV station
and assigned a channel number. A list of available live channels will be displayed. A user can
be provided access to all live channels or to individual live channels.
For live channels, both the Channel Number and the Station Name will appear in the
Channel Guide. If the Channel number is selected, the VEMS Portal Server will always
provide access to the particular channel (for example, Channel 1) even if the Program Name
of that channel changes. If the Station Name is selected, the VEMS Portal Server will always
provide access to the station (for example, CNN), even if the channel that it is associated
with changes (for example, from Channel 2 to Channel 4).
138
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
Note The live streams shown in the Portal Server may also be restricted by a bit mask on a
VBrick encoder. The Portal Server will parse the bitmask and send the live stream only
to VEMS clients with a IP address that matches the masked IP of the source VBrick.
You can use this feature in addition to the Portal Server authorization features. See the
Category parameter in the MPEG, WM. or H.264 documentation for more information.
Add/Modify Live Program Privileges
"Live programs" are all live streams that are available. These are unmodified, unassociated
streams. Use this option to restrict access to specific live streams.
Allow Access to Specific FTP Servers
Allow or deny access to defined FTP servers.
Allow Access to Specific Recorder Servers
Allow or deny access to defined recorder servers.
Allow Access to Specific VOD Servers
Choose from a list of available VOD server(s) to which a user has access. A user can have
access to multiple servers. This feature is particularly useful when VOD servers are located in
different physical locations that are separated by low bandwidth links. For example, if a
company has offices and VOD servers in both New York and Chicago, and these offices are
separated by a T-1 link, then they would want to limit the users in the Chicago office to the
Chicago VOD server and those in New York to the New York VOD server.
Note When a user is provided access to particular VOD server(s), and they are given the
privilege to Publish or Record to a particular folder, when they Publish or Record, the
video will be Published or Recorded to each server that they have access to. This is
important for clustering purposes.
Allow Access to Specific VOD Content
Choose from a list of folders to which a user can have access. A user can have access to
multiple folders on multiple servers. If the user has access to multiple VOD servers, and the
folder names are the same on both servers, only one folder name will show up in the list.
Allow Viewing by Content Type
The Administrator can limit the types of content that a user can view and/or limit the
bandwidth that specific users can view. Note that this setting does not apply to URLs that
were manually added by an administrator (see URLs on page 81).
Do Not Allow
Multicast viewing
This will limit users that are on a non-multicast capable part of
the network from trying to view multicast video.
Restrict Multicast to
Kbps
This will limit users to only viewing multicast streams that are a
certain size or smaller. This works well to maintain bandwidth
utilization over a particular WAN port.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
139
Do Not Allow RTSP
viewing
This will limit users from viewing RTSP Unicast Streams from
MPEG-4 Encoders and from accessing RTSP unicast streams
from a Video-on-Demand server (MPEG-1, MPEG-2, or
MPEG-4). This works well to maintain bandwidth utilization over
a particular LAN or WAN port.
Restrict RSTP viewing
to Kbps
This will limit users to only viewing RTSP streams that are a
certain size or smaller. This works well to maintain bandwidth
utilization over a particular LAN or WAN port.
Allow Content Publishing
Administrators can allow a user the ability to publish content to folder(s) on an VOD VideoOn-Demand Server. This function allows the user access to the Add Video page, where users
can add pre-recorded video content to a VOD. It also allows users to (1) create (and upload)
Thumbnails for video files in the folders to which they can publish, to (2) delete video
content from the VOD server, and (3) to add keyword tags and description data using the
Modify Info button. To prevent users from deleting content, be sure this option is disabled.
Note If users are provided access to more than one VOD server, when they publish content,
it will be published to each of the servers to which they have access. This is important
for clustering purposes.
Allow Content Recording
Used for scheduled recording. Administrators can allow a user the ability to schedule the
recording of live content to a specific folder(s) on a VOD Video-On-Demand Server. They
cannot record content to any other folder(s). You must select a folder here to enable Default
Content Recording below. If there is no schedule license, Allow Content Recording is not
shown as an option and Default Content Recording lets you select any folder. If you add a
schedule license later (using Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs) , Allow Content
Recording will be shown as an option with all folders selected. You may want to deselect
specific folders in order to restrict recording privileges.
Default Content Recording
Used for on-demand recording. You must select a folder above for Allow Content Recording
before you can make a folder selection here. Administrators can allow a user the ability to
record live content to a specific default folder on an VOD Server by pressing the Record
push button below the Preview Window. For ease of use, the Administrator can only assign
one default folder where a particular user can record content. This allows one button
recording on the VEMS Portal Server and is particularly important for IP Receiver users, who
may not be able to enter a recording path with their IR remote control.
Allow VBrick Access
Administrators can allow a user the ability to access all VBricks or only specific VBricks when
scheduling events. When scheduling an event, users will see only those VBricks for which
they have been granted access.
140
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
Allow Presentation Device Access
Administrators can allow access to some or all defined presentation devices. Presentation
devices are used to create live presentations using a variety of sources, for example VBrick’s
Rich Media Studio or a web-based presentation source.
IPR Access
Administrators can allow a user the ability to access all IPR or only specific IPR when
scheduling events. When scheduling an event, users will see only those IPR for which they
have been granted access.
Schedule Privileges
Users may have full, partial, or no permission to schedule VBrick event. Users with full
privileges can modify all configuration parameters in a schedule. Users with partial privileges
cannot modify Advanced Settings.
• Super – user can change all schedules.
• Full – user an change only "owned" schedules.
• Partial – user can change only "owned" schedules; no Advanced features.
• None – user cannot create schedules; no Add button shown on Scheduling page.
Priority Alert Privileges
Administrators can specify whether or not a user can launch Priority Alerts.
Copyright Restrictions & Expiration Privileges
Administrators can allow users to set Copyright Restrictions and Expiration Privileges when
adding stored content or scheduling a recording. Note that copyright restrictions apply only
to Portal Server-initiated playback sessions (and not, for example to direct RTSP requests to
a VOD server).
Multimedia Authoring Privileges
"Presentations" is an optional module that requires a separate license and may not be
available on your system. Even if you have this module, individual users may be restricted in
the functions they can perform. For example some users may not be authorized to create
presentations in which case this feature will not be displayed. Other users may only be
authorized to edit or delete their own presentations.
•
•
MultimediaAuthorSuper – user can create presentations and modify all presentations.
MultimediaAuthorOn – user can create presentations and modify their own
presentations.
•
MultimediaAuthorOff – user cannot create or modify presentations.
Content Edit Permissions
In some specialized end-user environments, this option can be used to allow or deny access
to certain administrative and content management features.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
141
Configuring User Groups
Grouping users is common practice and makes administering access to the VEMS Portal
Server less complicated than administering access by individual user. The VEMS Portal
Server server allows the administrator to create User Groups, specify group memberships for
users, and set access privileges for the group. A user can be a member of one group or
multiple groups. Group access privileges also can be set and modified on a per group basis.
If an LDAP directory is being used for Authentication, the same group information that is
available in the directory can be used to Authorize end users to access the VEMS Portal
Server. For example, if the organization has three User Groups in its LDAP directory—
Marketing, Engineering, and Sales—they can simply create these groups in the VEMS Portal
Server system, and assign privileges to the groups.
Note Microsoft Active Directory. VEMS does not currently support "Primary Group"
memberships (such as "Domain Users"). You must use a custom-defined Active
Directory group.
Add/Modify Group Information
Use the "Default" group parameter to define base permissions for all Portal Server users. If
checked, all defined Portal Server users will have the permissions defined by the remaining
parameters on this page. If not checked, you can enter a specific group name, and all
members of the specified group will have the permissions defined on this page.
If LDAP is being used for authentication, then the group name has to exactly match the
group name in the LDAP directory. If LDAP is not being used, Group Names can be entered
directly into the VEMS Portal Server database. If Microsoft's Active Directory is used, to
find the available list of active groups in Windows XP, browse to My Network Places and click
on the left-hand menu Search Active Directory. A new window will open. Click Find now to
see all available groups. In Windows 2000 , go to My Network Places > Entire Network >
Directory, the domain, and Users.
142
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
Note Windows XP needs to be configured to Show Common Tasks in Folders. To configure
this, in My Network Places, go to Tools > Folder Options. In the General > Tasks
section, select the radio button called Show common tasks in folders.
Add/Modify Group 's User Assignments
Users can be assigned to specific User Groups, and they will inherit the privileges of that
group. If no Users appear, then none have been defined. However, if LDAP is being used for
Authentication, no users need to be defined. When a user Authenticates to the system, the
Authentication process will return the User's group information. The user will receive the
privileges that are provided to that group.
Add/Modify Group 's Resource Assignments
Resource groups can be assigned to User Groups, and the User Group will inherit the
privileges of that Resource Group. If no Resource Groups appear, then none of been
defined. Click Resource Groups in the main navigation to the left to create Resource Groups.
Note The remaining options for User Groups (beginning with Add/Modify Live Channel
Privileges ) are the same as those described earlier for individual Configuring Users on
page 135. The only difference is that the descriptions will apply to groups of users
rather than to individual users.
Resource Groups
In the VEMS Portal Server software, providing a user with Resources refers to providing
them access to a particular functionality of the Enterprise Media System. These include the
ability to view Live Channels, to view VOD content, to publish content to the VOD, and to
record content. A unique feature of the VEMS Portal Server software is the ability to group
Resources into Resource Groups. This allows the administrator to quickly and easily assign
several resources at once to more than one User or User Groups. This also makes the
ongoing management of this content for these Users or User Groups much easier.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
143
For example, if the organization has three User Groups—Marketing, Engineering, and
Sales—they might create four resource groups. These Resource Groups would be Full
Access, which are resources that everyone can see, and one Resource Group for each of the
user groups. Full Access would be assigned to each user group, and the Marketing Resource
Group would be assigned to the Marketing User Group, the Engineering Resource Group to
the Engineering User Group, and the Sales Resource Group to the Sales User Group.
Resource Groups provide the added bonus that they allow the Administrator to quickly
provide access to new content to Users and User Groups. For example, if the organization
originally had ten Live Channels on the network, and another Live Channel was added, the
Administrator would simply need to add that Channel to the appropriate Resource Groups
and the channel would be available.
Add/Modify Resource Group Information
Add the Resource Group Name that is relevant for the Resource Group being created.
Add/Modify User 's Resource Assignments
Users can be assigned to specific Resource Groups, and they will inherit the privileges of that
Resource Group. If no Users appear, then none have been defined. Click on the Users section
to add Users.
Add/Modify Group 's Resource Assignments
User Groups can be assigned to Resource Groups, and the User Group will inherit the
privileges of that Resource Group. If no User Groups appear, then none have been defined.
Click User Groups in the main navigation to the left to create User Groups.
Note The remaining options for Resource Groups (beginning with Add/Modify Live Channel
Privileges ) are the same as those described earlier for individual Configuring Users on
page 135. The only difference is that the descriptions will apply to resource groups
rather than to individual users.
144
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Users and User Groups
IPR Authentication
There are two ways (IPR IP address or user PIN) to authenticate and authorize IP Receivers
in the VEMS Portal Server. IPR access control is slightly different from PC and Macintoshbased authentication (which uses the commonly employed User Name and Password
mechanism). The two methods are outlined in the table below.
Table 17. Authentication Methods
Method
Description
User Interaction
Comment
User PIN
If Access Control is
enabled, but the IPR is not
defined in the system, then
Access Control works
based on a user PIN. This
PIN is defined on a per user
(not per IPR) basis, so that
users need to be defined for
this to work.
When the user logs
into the system, they
will be prompted for
their PIN. The user
simply enters the PIN
with the remote
control or the wireless
keyboard, and can then
access the video.
This implementation is appropriate
for environments where multiple
users with different privileges will be
accessing the same IPR. An example
of this would be a shared classroom
where multiple teachers are
accessing the IPR at different times.
IPR IP
Address or
Host Name
The VEMS Portal Server
system determines the
content that the IPR can
view based on its IP
Address or Host Name.
No user interaction is
required. The user
simply turns on the
IPR and only the
content that the IPR
user can view id
displayed.
This implementation is similar to a
cable TV setup, e.g. if the cable plan
does not include CNN, that channel
cannot be viewed. This
implementation is easiest for end
users because you do not have to
remember user names or PINs. It is
appropriate for environments where
one or a few people with the same
privileges access the same IPR.
Authentication by PIN
When an end user accesses the VEMS Portal Server via a IPR, the Portal Server takes the
following steps to authorize users.
1. It determines if there is Authentication/Authorization information associated with the
Host Name of the IPR. If so, based on the IPR Host Name, the VEMS Portal Server will
present the IPR with the information appropriate to its privileges. Note that the VEMS
Portal Server uses the least restrictive settings when providing access to the system.
2. If there is no Authentication/Authorization information associated with the Host Name
of the IPR, the user will be prompted for a PIN. A PIN is a user-based mechanism to log
onto the IPR. When the user enters his or her PIN, the VEMS Portal Server
authenticates the user against the Portal Server database.
3. Once the user is authenticated, the VEMS Portal Server will check the User Groups and/
or Resource Groups that the User is associated with and the privileges associated with
those groups.
4. After checking the Groups privileges, the VEMS Portal Server will check for any
individual user privileges above the group privileges.
5. The user will be presented with the information appropriate to their privileges. Note that
the VEMS Portal Server uses the least restrictive settings when providing access to the
system.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
145
If Authentication and Authorization is enabled, but the IPR is not defined in the system, then
Access Management works based on a User PIN. This PIN is defined on a per user (not per
IPR) basis, so Users need to be setup in the system for this to work. When the user accesses
the VEMS Portal Server through the IPR, they will be prompted for their PIN. The user
simply enters the PIN with the remote control or the wireless keyboard, and can then access
the video for which they have privilege. This implementation is appropriate for environments
where multiple users with different privileges will be accessing the same IPR. An example of
this would be a shared classroom, where multiple teachers are accessing the IPR at different
times.
Authentication by Host Name or IP Address
The VEMS Portal Server determines the content that the IPR can view based on its IP
Address or Host Name. No user interaction is required. The user simply turns on the IPR,
and only the content that the IPR user can view displays. This implementation is similar to a
Cable Television setup—for example, if the plan does not include HBO, then that channel
cannot be viewed. This implementation is easiest from the end user perspective because end
users do not have to remember user names or PINs. This implementation is appropriate for
environments where multiple people can access the same IPR.
146
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 5
Configuring for SSL
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Configuring SSL (Windows Server 2003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Configuring SSL (Windows Server 2008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Overview
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) provides endpoint authentication and communications privacy
over the Internet using cryptography. Whenever there is a concern regarding confidentially
and integrity of management data being sent between VEMS Portal Server and external clients,
the VEMS Portal Server should be configured with a digital X.509 certificate to enable SSL
encryption. When SSL encryption is enabled, the Portal Server encrypts either all pages in the
Portal Server Admin and client applications (see Configure Hardened SSL) or all of the Portal
Server Admin pages but only the Portal Server client login page (see Configure Non-Hardened
SSL).
It is important to note that only the management data (for example user requests or
configuration data) is encrypted. The actual video streams are never encrypted. When SSL is
enabled, the following elements can be encrypted:
•
•
•
•
MCS Admin Console – All MCS Admin Console pages can be encrypted to protect
management information and other sensitive data.
MCS User Portal – All Portal Server client pages can be encrypted (hardened SSL) or
only the login page can be encrypted (non-hardened SSL).
LDAP Server – If using LDAP authentication, communications between the Portal
Server and the LDAP Server can be encrypted by enabling encryption on the LDAP
server.
VOD-W Server – Communication between the Portal Server and a VOD-W server can
be encrypted by enabling SSL on the VOD-W server. See "Secure Communication" in
the VOD-W Server Release Notes.
By convention, URLs that require an SSL connection start with https instead of http. The
steps briefly listed here, and explained in detail on the following pages, explain how to set up
and use SSL on the Portal Server.
T
To set up SSL for client access to the VEMS Portal Server
1.
2.
3.
4.
Generate a Certificate Request.
Submit a Certificate Request.
Install the Certificate on the VEMS Portal Server.
Configure VEMS Resources for SSL.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
147
SSL Prerequisites
•
•
•
•
In order to use the Portal Server in secure (HTTPS) mode, you must have a signed and
valid SSL certificate purchased from Verisign or another vendor. If the certificate is not
signed, or if it is expired or otherwise invalid, video playback issues will occur.
In an environment where the Portal Server is using SSL and a Network Video Recorder
(NVR) is running on a separate server, the NVR server must also have an SSL Certificate
installed in its IIS configuration or all NVR recording will fail.
Be aware that hardened SSL encryption requires significant resources and can
substantially impact performance. Use hardened SSL only when absolutely necessary in
environments that require all pages to be encrypted.
To use SSL, Amino set top box users must purchase a digital X.509 certificate from Verisign.
Other certificates may work but Verisign is the only certificate currently tested and supported
by VBrick.
Configuring SSL (Windows Server 2003)
1. Generate a Certificate Request
If your company does not have a X.509 certificate, or does not have one for the VEMS Portal
Server, a new certificate request must first be created.
T
To generate a certificate request:
1.
From the VEMS Portal Server, start the Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS)
Manager.
2. Expand the server name and select the web site for which the certificate will be installed.
3. Right-click the web site, and then click Properties.
4. Select the Directory Security tab.
5. Select the Server Certificate button within Secure communications to launch the Web
Server Certificate Wizard.
6. Select Next on the Welcome dialog box.
7. Select Create a New Certificate and then select Next . (If Create a New Certificate is
unavailable, the certificate has probably been installed already. If that is the case, skip the
rest of the steps, and go to Step 4. Configure Portal Server Resources for SSL. If you
want to create new certificate for VEMS Portal Server, select Remove the current
certificate to remove the certificate first, and then restart the procedure.)
8. Select Prepare the request now, but send it later and then select Next .
9. Type a descriptive name for the certificate in the Name field, type a bit length for the key
in the Bit length field, and then select Next .
10. Type an organization name (e.g. VBrick) in the Organization field and type an
organizational unit (such as Sales Department) in the Organizational unit field, and select
Next . (This information will be placed in the certificate request, so make sure it is
accurate. The Certificate Authority will verify this information and will place it in the
certificate. A user browsing the VEMS Portal Server will want to see this information in
order to decide if they should accept the certificate.)
11. In the Common name field, type a common name, and then select Next . (Important: The
common name is one of the most significant pieces of information that ends up in the
certificate.)
148
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
12. Enter the appropriate information in the Country/Region , State/Province, and City/
locality fields, and then select Next .
13. Enter a file name for the certificate request. The file contains information similar to the
following:
------BEGIN NEW CERTIFICATE REQUEST -----MIIDZjCCAs………
------END NEW CERTIFICATE REQUEST ---------
This is a Base 64 encoded representation of the certificate request. The request contains
the information entered into the wizard and also your public key and information signed
with your private key.
14. Select Next . The wizard displays a summary of the information contained in the
certificate request.
15. Select Next and select Finish to complete the request process.
2. Submit a Certificate Request
If a CA-signed Certificate from a trusted Certificate Authority (such as VeriSign or Thawte)
is going to be purchased, the certificate can now be sent to a CA for verification and
processing. After the certificate response is received from the CA, the installation process can
continue on the VEMS Portal Server. Purchasing a CA-signed certificate will cause a security
alert in the browser upon access to the server.
3. Install the Certificate
T
To install the certificate on the VEMS Portal Server:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start the Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager.
Expand the server name and select the web site for which the certificate will be installed.
Right-click the web site and then select Properties.
Select the Directory Security tab
Select Server Certificate to launch the Web Server Certificate Wizard
Select Process the pending request and install the certificate and then click Next .
Enter the path and file name of the file that contains the response from the CA, and then
click Next .
Examine the certificate overview, click Next , and then click Finish . A certificate is now
installed on the VEMS Portal Server.
8.
4. Configure Portal Server Resources for SSL
After installing the certificate on the VEMS Portal Server, the VEMS Portal Server can now
be configured for SSL. As explained below, the Portal Server supports two different modes
for SSL security:
•
•
Hardened SSL – All pages in the Portal Server Admin and Portal Server client
applications are secured with SSL. Users will see the padlock icon at the bottom of the
screen on all pages.
Non-Hardened SSL – All pages in the Portal Server Admin application; only the Portal
Server client login page is secured.
Note You must select one and only one of these modes for configuring the Portal Server.
The application cannot run with both modes enabled and attempting to do so will
result in an application error.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
149
Configure Hardened SSL
In hardened SSL mode, the Portal Server encrypts all pages in the Portal Server Admin
application and all pages in the Portal Server client application. Be aware that hardened SSL
encryption requires significant resources and can substantially impact performance. Use
hardened SSL only when absolutely necessary in environments that require all pages to be
encrypted.
Note If you are using the Portal Server in hardened SSL mode, your (Digital) Set Top
Box(es) will not function unless you upgrade to STB v3.74b or greater. A popup
window will alert you that an upgrade is available when first logging in. If you have
Gold or Platinum warranty support, the upgrade is free: use the Online Customer
Service page to contact Support Services. If you do not have warranty support, use the
Products page to contact Sales representative. If you are not using hardened SSL,
there is no need to upgrade your Set Top Boxes.
T
To configure the Portal Server in Hardened SSL Mode:
1.
Login to the Windows Server that is hosting the VEMS Portal Server application with a
valid local Windows administrator account or domain account with local administrative
permissions.
Launch the Internet Information Services Manager. Go to Start > Control Panel >
Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Locate your server name in the tree control on the left and click the plus sign (+) to
expand the node.
Locate the node titled Web Sites and click the plus sign (+) next to it to expand the node.
Your screen should look similar to this:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
150
Right-click the Default Web Site node and click Properties.
Select the Directory Security tab. Your screen should look similar to this:
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
7.
8.
Go to Secure communications and click Edit .
Check the box marked Require secure channel (SSL) and click OK .
9. Click OK to close the Default Web Site Properties page.
10. Click the plus sign (+) in the tree next to Default Web Site to expand the node. Your
screen should look similar to this:
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
151
11. Right-click on AMProxy and select Properties.
12. Select the Directory Security tab, then go to Secure communications and click Edit .
13. Uncheck the box marked Require secure channel (SSL) and click OK .
14. Restart the Windows Server.
After restarting the server, your users will be able to access the VEMS Portal Server
application. From this point forward, users must use an HTTPS URL to access the
application, for example: https://<server_ip_address> . Be sure to update all bookmarks and
stored links to reflect this address change.
Configure Non-Hardened SSL
In non-hardened SSL mode, the Portal Server encrypts all of the Portal Server Admin pages
but only the Portal Server client login page. Configuring non-hardened SSL is a two-step
process: (1) first you configure the Portal Server user login page for SSL access, and (2)
configure the Portal Server Admin pages for secure SSL access. This means that when a user
attempts to access the Portal Server user pages it will automatically bring them to https://
152
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
<ipaddressofserver> for the user pages. Users will notice a padlock icon at the bottom of
their screen while logging into the Portal Server, however the padlock will disappear once
they login. When an administrator attempts to access the Administration pages it will also
force them to use https://<ipaddressofserver>/admin. The padlock icon will be visible at
the throughout the entire Admin site.
T
To secure the Portal Server User Pages:
1.
Go to the Portal Server install location, typically C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS and open
in a text editor.
Uncomment the sections labeled Web Page Security 1, 2, and 3 by deleting only the <!-and --> characters shown below in red.
web.config
2.
Web Page Security 1
<!-- Web Page Security 1: Remove comments around the following section to enable
SSL on the login page. -->
<!-<section name="secureWebPages"
type="Hyper.Web.Security.SecureWebPageSectionHandler, WebPageSecurity"
allowLocation="false" />
-->
Web Page Security 2
<!-- Web Page Security 2: Remove comments around the following section to enable
SSL on the login page. -->
<!-<secureWebPages mode="On" maintainPath="False" warningBypassMode="AlwaysBypass"
bypassQueryParamName="BypassSecurityWarning">
<file path="login.aspx" /> <file path="login4.aspx" /> </secureWebPages>
-->
Web Page Security 3
<!-- Web Page Security 3: Remove comments around the following section to enable
SSL on the login page. -->
<!-<add name="SecureWebPage" type="Hyper.Web.Security.SecureWebPageModule,
WebPageSecurity" />
-->
T
To secure the Portal Server Admin pages:
1.
Go the Admin Console location, typically C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Common\MCS
Admin Console and open web.config in a text editor.
Uncomment the sections labeled Web Page Security 1 and Web Page Security 2 by
deleting only the <!-- and --> characters shown below in red.
2.
Web Security 1
<!-- Web Page Security 1: Remove comments around the following section to enable
SSL on all Admin Console pages. -->
<!-<section name="secureWebPages"
type="Hyper.Web.Security.SecureWebPageSectionHandler, WebPageSecurity"
allowLocation="false" />
-->
Web Security 2
<!-- Web Page Security 2: Remove comments around the following section to enable
SSL on all Admin Console pages. -->
<!-<secureWebPages mode="On" maintainPath="False" warningBypassMode="AlwaysBypass"
bypassQueryParamName="BypassSecurityWarning">
<directory path="/" recurse="True" />
</secureWebPages>
-->
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
153
Configuring SSL (Windows Server 2008)
1. Generate a Certificate Request
If your company does not have a X.509 certificate, or does not have one for the Portal
Server, a new certificate request must first be created.
154
T
To generate a certificate request:
1.
2.
From the Portal Server, start the Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Click the server name and double click Server Certificates in the pane on the right side.
3.
In the Actions column on the right, click Create Certificate Request .
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
4.
5.
6.
Type an organization name (e.g. VBrick) in the Organization field and type an
organizational unit (such as Sales Department) in the Organizational unit field. (This
information will be placed in the certificate request, so make sure it is accurate. The
Certificate Authority will verify this information and will place it in the certificate. A user
browsing the Portal Server will want to see this information in order to decide if they
should accept the certificate.)
In the Common name field, type a common name, and then select Next . (Important: The
common name is one of the most significant pieces of information that ends up in the
certificate.)
Enter the appropriate information in the Country/Region , State/Province, and City/
locality fields, and then select Next .
7.
Select a Cryptographic Service Provider and Bit Length and click Next .
8.
Enter a file name for the certificate request. The file contains information similar to the
following:
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
155
------BEGIN NEW CERTIFICATE REQUEST -----MIIDZjCCAs………
------END NEW CERTIFICATE REQUEST ---------
This is a Base 64 encoded representation of the certificate request. The request contains
the information entered into the wizard and also your public key and information signed
with your private key.
9.
Select Next . The wizard displays a summary of the information contained in the
certificate request.
10. Select Next and select Finish to complete the request process.
2. Submit a Certificate Request
If a CA-signed Certificate from a trusted Certificate Authority (such as VeriSign or Thawte)
is going to be purchased, the certificate can now be sent to a CA for verification and
processing. After the certificate response is received from the CA, the installation process can
continue on the Portal Server. Purchasing a CA-signed certificate will cause a security alert in
the browser upon access to the server.
3. Install the Certificate
156
T
To install the certificate on the VEMS Portal Server:
1.
2.
Click on Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Click on the server name in the Connections column on the left. Double-click on Server
Certificates.
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
3.
In the Actions column on the right, click on Complete Certificate Request ...
4.
Click the button with the three dots and select the server certificate you received from
the certificate authority. If the certificate does not have a .cer file extension, select to
view all types. Enter a user-friendly name in order to track the certificate on this server.
Click OK when done.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
157
5.
If successful, you will see your newly installed certificate in the list. If you receive an
error stating that the request or private key cannot be found, make sure you are using the
correct certificate and that you are installing it to the same server that you generated the
CSR on. If you are sure of those two things, you may just need to create a new Certificate
Request and reissue/replace the certificate. Contact your certificate authority if you have
problems.
6.
Examine the certificate overview, click Next , and the click Finish . A certificate is now
installed on the VEMS Portal Server.
4. Configure Portal Server Resources for SSL
After installing the certificate on the Portal Server, the Portal Server can now be configured
for SSL. As explained below, the Portal Server supports two different modes for SSL security:
158
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
•
•
Hardened SSL – All pages in the Portal Server Admin and Portal Server client
applications are secured with SSL. Users will see the padlock icon at the bottom of the
screen on all pages.
Non-Hardened SSL – All pages in the Portal Server Admin application; only the Portal
Server client login page is secured.
Note You must select one and only one of these modes for configuring the Portal Server.
The application cannot run with both modes enabled and attempting to do so will
result in an application error.
Configure Hardened SSL
In hardened SSL mode, the Portal Server encrypts all pages in the Portal Server Admin
application and all pages in the Portal Server client application. Be aware that hardened SSL
encryption requires significant resources and can substantially impact performance. Use
hardened SSL only when absolutely necessary in environments that require all pages to be
encrypted.
Note If you are using the Portal Server in hardened SSL mode, your (Digital) Set Top
Box(es) will not function unless you upgrade to STB v3.74b or greater. A popup
window will alert you that an upgrade is available when first logging in. If you have
Gold or Platinum warranty support, the upgrade is free: use the Online Customer
Service page to contact Support Services. If you do not have warranty support, use the
Products page to contact Sales representative. If you are not using hardened SSL,
there is no need to upgrade your Set Top Boxes.
T
To configure the Portal Server in Hardened SSL Mode:
1.
Login to the Windows Server that is hosting the VEMS Portal Server application with a
valid local Windows administrator account or domain account with local administrative
permissions.
Launch the Internet Information Services Manager. Go to Start > Control Panel >
Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Locate your server name in the tree control on the left and click the plus sign (+) to
expand the node.
Locate the node titled Sites and click the plus sign (+) to expand the node.
Select the Default Web Site node. Your screen should look similar to this:
2.
3.
4.
5.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
159
160
6.
Click on Bindings in the right column and then click the Add button.
7.
Change the Type to https. Then select the SSL certificate you just installed and click OK .
8.
You will now see the binding for Port 443 listed. Click Close.
9.
Double-click the SSL Settings button.
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
10. Select Require SSL and click Apply.
11. Click on AMProxy in the tree control on the left, and then double-click on SSL Settings.
12. Uncheck the box marked Require SSL and click Apply.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
161
13. Restart the Windows Server.
After restarting the server, your users will be able to access the Portal Server application.
From this point forward, users must use an HTTPS URL to access the application, for
example: https://<server_ip_address> . Be sure to update all bookmarks and stored links to
reflect this address change.
Configure Non-Hardened SSL
This procedure is the same for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 with one
exception. If you are configuring non-hardened SSL on Windows Server 2008, you will need
to verify that the server is configured for HTTPS as explained below. When done go to
Configure Non-Hardened SSL on page 152.
162
T
To configure Windows Server 2008 for HTTPS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Expand the left navigation tree on the left and highlight the Default Website.
Examine the Browse Web Site box on right side of page.
If Browse *:443 (https) is listed you are done. Go to Configure Non-Hardened SSL on
page 152.
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for SSL
5.
If Browse *:443 (https) is not listed, change to Content View at the bottom of the page
and then click Edit Bindings on the right.
6.
7.
Add https in the popup window and click OK .
Verify that https is listed in the Browse Web Site box on the previous page (you may need
to refresh the page) and then go to Configure Non-Hardened SSL on page 152.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
163
164
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 6
Configuring for Presentations
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Configuring for Encoder Presentations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Configuring for Device Presentations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Overview
Multiple configuration steps are required before you can publish rich media presentations to
the Portal Server. These steps are explained in more detail on the following pages. Also, be
aware that in many cases a presentation will be pushed from a VBrick encoder to a Windows
Media VOD server and/or to a VBrick reflector. If so you will need to configure these
devices as well: the WM Appliance Admin Guide explains how to configure a WM encoder or
a reflector; the VOD-WM Server Admin Guide explains how to configure publishing points
on a Windows Media VOD server. If you will using distribution servers for load-balancing,
the Portal Server Release Notes explains how to install them.
Note Additional steps are also required if you will be using Distribution Servers to loadbalance presentations. See "Installing Distribution Servers" in the Portal Server Release
Notes for more about this; see the "Zones on page 93" for an explanation of how to
configure and use zones that point to specific servers.
As noted, VEMS supports two types of presentations: (1) "encoder" presentations are
sourced from VBrick encoders and support video and PowerPoint slides; and (2) "device"
presentations are sourced from Presentation Devices that you create with the Admin Console
and support video only. The configuration steps explained below are slightly different for
encoder presentations or for device presentations. Once you have configured for
presentations as explained here, see the "Create Presentation" topic in the Portal Server User
Guide for an explanation of how to actually create, schedule, and author live presentations
from the client user interface.
Encoder Presentations Sourced from Multimedia WM and H.264 VBrick encoders.
Encoder presentations support both video and PowerPoint slides.
See Configuring for Encoder Presentations for more details.
Device Presentations
Sourced from "Viewing URLs" on Presentation Devices. Device
presentations support video only. See Configuring for Device
Presentations for more details. Used for RMS (Rich Media Studio)
and RMD (Rich Media Desktop) presentations.
Configuring for Encoder Presentations
Use the following steps to configure a WM VBStar (with a hard drive) or an H.264 encoder
(with internal or external storage) for presentations.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
165
1. Configure a User with Multimedia Authoring Privileges
Do this on the Admin Console > Users page. If Authorization and Authorization is enabled
for your VEMS Environment, you must configure a user with presentation authoring
privileges. For example some users may not be authorized to create presentations in which
case this feature will not be displayed. Other users may only be authorized to edit or delete
their own presentations. Super users can create and modify all presentations. See "Multimedia
Authoring Privileges" in the Users pages in the Portal Server Admin Guide for more
information.
2. Configure a Multimedia VBrick Encoder
Using a WM VBStar as a Multimedia VBrick
1.
2.
3.
On the VBrick appliance IWS management pages, enable 25 Push Destinations, and
enable Closed Captions and Metadata on the encoder, the archiver, and on all encoder
destinations.
You must configure a Windows Media (or reflector) VBStar as a "Multimedia VBrick'
before it can be used for a presentation. See Multimedia VBrick Configuration on
page 61 for more information. On the VEMS Global Settings > VBricks page in VEMS,
enable the VBStar encoder in Slot 1 (or in Slot 2 of a dual encoder) as Multimedia and
configure a Viewing URL . A Viewing URL is typically the path to a publishing point on a
Windows Media Serve that points to the encoder, a web hosted NSC file from this
encoder, or to a Windows Media Server Publishing Point which was created by a push/
pull from this encoder.
You can also use a reflector-only model or the reflector on a single encoder in Slot 2 as a
Multimedia device. (All multimedia models must be configured with a VBStar hard
drive.) Note that presentations configured with a reflector do not support slides, polls, share
website, and text overlay features.
Note Be aware that when a presentation from a WM encoder is complete, the number of
allowed clients on the appliance is set to zero. If you will be using the appliance for
streaming or other purposes, it must be reconfigured: open the IWS admin pages, go
to Configuration: Encoder > Server, and set Max. Allowed Clients to a desirable
number less than or equal to 50.
Using an H.264 Encoder as a Multimedia VBrick
You can also use an H.264 encoder (with internal or external storage) as a Multimedia
VBrick. On the Global Settings > VBricks > Multimedia VBrick Config page, enable the
VBStar encoder in Slot 1 (or in Slot 2 of a dual encoder) as Multimedia and configure a
Viewing URL .
Note When using an H.264 Multimedia VBrick for presentations, the PowerPoint slides will
not cycle unless the Closed Caption parameter is disabled on the Program
Configuration > Streams page in VBAdmin.
3. Configure a Mail Server and E-mail Address(es) for Presentations
You configure a Mail Server and E-mail Address(es) for Presentations on the Admin Console
> Global Assignments page and in the Portal Server web.config file or when configuring
Distribution Servers. If you purchased the "Presentations" module with your VEMS Portal
Server you will need to assign a mail server on the Global Assignments page. You will also
166
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for Presentations
need to configure the internal and external IP addresses of your server. These addresses are
used to deliver automated e-mail invitations and must be configured using IIS. If you do not
configure these settings, you will not be able to send valid automated invitations. The following
instructions explain how to configure a mail server and e-mail addresses on your operating
system: Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2009.
Note If you will be installing one or more Distribution Servers, configure a mail server
but ignore the rest of the steps. You will configure the server IP addresses for e-mail
invitations when you run the Distribution Sever installation tool. See "Installing
Distribution Servers" in the Portal Server Release Notes.
Configuring a Mail Server and Addresses on Windows Server 2008
T
To configure a mail server and IP addresses for e-mail invitations on Windows Server
2008:
1.
2.
Go to the machine on which on which the VEMS server is installed.
Open the Admin Console and go to Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign Mail
Server.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Enter the your SMTP Mail Server Host Name. If you will be generating e-mail for external
users, you will also need to complete the User and Password Authentication fields.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Expand the tree control in the left navigation pane and select Sites > Default Web Site.
Double-click on Default Web Site and then double-click again on Application Settings on
the right side of the page. The following screenshot shows the settings you will need to
modify.
Double-click on each setting, enter an appropriate internal or external value for IP
address, and click OK when done.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
167
ExternalViewerWebinarEmailInviteeUrl
http://<external_IP_address>/Present/
Launch_Detail_View.aspx
ExternalWebinarEmailPresenterUrl
http://<external_IP_address>/Present/
Launch_Detail_View.aspx
WebinarEmailInviteeUrl
http://<internal_IP_address>/Present/
Launch_Detail_View.aspx
WebinarEmailPresenterUrl
http://<internal_IP_address>/Present/
Launch_Detail_View.aspx
Configuring a Mail Server and Addresses on Windows Server 2003
T
To configure a mail server and IP addresses for e-mail invitations on Windows Server
2003:
1.
2.
Go to the machine on which on which the VEMS server is installed.
Open the Admin Console and go to Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign Mail
Server.
168
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Configuring for Presentations
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Enter the your SMTP Mail Server Host Name. If you will be generating e-mail for external
users, you will also need to complete the User and Password Authentication fields.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > IIS Manager.
Expand the tree, right-click on the Default Website, and select Properties.
Go to the ASP.NET tab and click Edit Configuration .
On the General tab in the Application Settings table select the value to change and click
Edit .
4. Assign a VEMS Presentation User
Do this on the Admin Console > Users page. Perform the following configuration one time
only so that the Create Presentation tool in the client application can access the Portal Server.
These steps will create a user who is associated with the authoring tool and has specific
permissions on the Portal Server. This user must have access to all servers that presentations
will be published to and all folders into which presentations can be published.
T
To create a presentation user:
1.
2.
Open the Admin Console and go to Users.
Add a user name (for example PresentationUser ) and give this user the following
permissions:
a. Allow Access to Specific VOD Servers – check all the appropriate servers.
b. Allow Content Publishing – check all the appropriate folders.
Go to Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign Presentations and select the user
you created above (for example PresentationUser ) as the New Presentation User.
3.
Configuring for Device Presentations
Use the following steps to configure a device presentation.
1. Configure a Mail Server and E-mail Address(es) for Presentations
This step is the same for encoder presentations. See Step 3. Configure a Mail Server and Email Address(es) for Presentations on page 166.
2. Assign a VEMS Presentation User
This step is the same for encoder presentations. See Step 4. Assign a VEMS Presentation
User on page 169.
3. Create a Presentation Device
A "device" presentation needs a presentation device. A presentation device is simply a
"virtual" entity that is used to create and publish presentations where the streaming video is
sourced from an external viewing URL. See Global Settings > Presentation Devices for more
about creating presentation devices.
4. Allow Presentation Device Access
Presentation authors using the client interface must have access to a previously created
presentation device in order to create a device presentation. See Users > Allow Presentation
Device Access on page 141 for more information.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
169
170
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 7
Network Video Recording
Topics in this section
NVR Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
NVR Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
NVR Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
NVR Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Using an NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
NVR Overview
The Network Video Recorder (NVR) provides a dedicated platform to perform multiple
simultaneous recordings of live streams coming from VBrick encoders. The NVR lets you
off-load all recording tasks from the VEMS Portal Server machine to one or more separate
"recorder server" machines. The NVR provides the ability to record live streams from the
network, store these recorded video files on a specified location (a record server or other
network location), transcode these streams from one format to another, and optionally
automatically transfer the contents to selected locations, and/or ingest them to VOD servers.
The NVR is available in two versions—one that supports 10 simultaneous records and one
that supports 40—and is ideal for environments that require large scale recording on a robust
and reliable platform. The NVR is tightly integrated with the Portal Server, the Scheduler,
and VBrick's Video-on-Demand servers. The NVR provides these standard features.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dedicated platform – NVR servers are available on a dedicated hardware platform which
eliminates resource contention and guarantees successful recording.
Software only – NVR servers are available as a software-only option which you can
install on your own server hardware. See the NVR Release Notes for server hardware
recommendations.
Redundant storage – both NVR servers offer RAID 5 for storage redundancy as well as
dual power supplies.
Large storage capacity – the NVR 10 provides 720 GB of storage; the NVR 40 provides
1492 GB.
Load Balancing – Load balancing is used when multiple NVR servers are installed.
Rather than recording to a specified server, the system records to a dynamically selected
server based on a load balancing algorithm.
Software Development Kit – VBrick provides an SDK to interface with the Portal Server
or the NVR. In a typical security, surveillance, and monitoring applications application
(without a complete Portal Server), you can write a custom application that will record
streams directly to a standalone NVR.
In a basic Portal Server installation (without an NVR), the standard recording functionality
allows a maximum of two concurrent recordings. In order to expand this recording capability,
you can purchase a Network Video Recorder to offload recording tasks and improve overall
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
171
performance. The Portal Server and/or the NVRs are delivered with all software installed or
as a software-only option. The NVR comes in standard and standalone versions as explained
below. The only difference is in functionality. Both record either 10 or 40 concurrent streams
depending on the license you purchase. Both versions can be expanded to include multiple,
additional NVRs so that your recording capacity is virtually unlimited.
Figure 25. Standard and Standalone NVR Examples
NVR Hardware
The NVR is comprised of both hardware and software. If you purchased the hardware/
software combination from VBrick, each platform (standard or standalone) comes fully
loaded with NVR software. The following table shows the hardware configuration relative to
the number of purchased licenses. The license file determines the total maximum concurrent
recordings allowed. In a standard NVR installation the NVR license file is stored on the Portal
Server ; in a standalone NVR installation the NVR license file is stored on the Standalone NVR.
Table 18. NVR Hardware Specifications
NVR 10
Single Xeon Processor at 2.13 GHz, 2 GB memory, 4 x 73 (10 k, 2.5 in drives) configured as
a RAID5, Redundant Power.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PowerEdge R610 with Chassis for Up to Six 2.5-Inch Hard Drives
E5506 Xeon Processor, 2.13GHz 4M Cache, 4.86 GT/s QPI, TurboHT
2GB Memory (2x1GB), 1066MHz Single Ranked UDIMMs for 1 Processor, Adv ECC
Embedded Broadcom, GB Ethernet NICS with TOE
PowerEdge R610 Heat Sink for 1Processor
(4) 73GB 10K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 2.5" Hot Plug Hard Drive
PERC 6/i SAS RAID Controller 2x4 Connectors, Internal, PCIe256MB Cache
Windows Server 2008, Web Edition
DVD ROM, SATA, Internal
RAID 5 for PERC 6/i Controller
Sliding Ready Rails Without Cable Management Arm
Energy Smart Power Supply Redundant, 502W
NVR 40
172
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Network Video Recording
Dual Xeon Processors at 2.8 GHz, 4 GB memory, 2 x 73 GB drives configured as RAID 1
for the OS, 2 x 146 GB drives configured as a RAID1 for recordings, Redundant Power.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PowerEdge R610 with Chassis for Up to Six 2.5-Inch Hard Drives
(2) X5560 Xeon Processor, 2.8GHz 8M Cache, 6.40 GT/s QPI, TurboHT
4GB Memory (4x1GB), 1066MHz Single Ranked UDIMMs for 2 Processors, Adv ECC
Embedded Broadcom, GB Ethernet NICS with TOE
PowerEdge R610 Heat Sinks for 2 Processors
(2) 73GB 10K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 2.5" Hot Plug Hard Drive
(2) 146GB 10K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 2.5" Hot Plug Hard Drive
PERC 6/i SAS RAID Controller 2x4 Connectors, Internal, PCIe256MB Cache
Power Saving BIOS Setting
Windows Server 2008, Web Edition
DVD ROM, SATA, Internal
RAID 1/RAID 1 for PERC 6/i or SAS 6/iR Controllers
Sliding Ready Rails Without Cable Management Arm
Energy Smart Power Supply Redundant, 502W
NVR Performance Considerations
The NVR 40 lets you record any combination of up to 40 MPEG, WM, and H.264 streams at
a time. There are however performance considerations when recording multiple,
simultaneous, high-rate MPEG-2, WM, or H.264 streams. At MPEG-2 rates up to 5.5Mbps
or WM rates up to 1.2Mbps 40 simultaneous recordings are supported. At higher rates
however the full licensing capacity cannot be used. For example, when using the Best Quality
WM template at 4.5Mbps, 10 simultaneous records are supported; when using MPEG-2 at
15Mbps, 15 simultaneous recordings are supported.
NVR Types
Standard NVR
A Standard NVR's record capability is managed by a Portal Server or Standalone NVR. In a
standard NVR installation, the full Portal Server or Standalone NVR application is installed
on one machine and the NVR application is installed on a separate machine. If you need to
add recording capacity, you can add multiple NVRs as necessary. You use the Portal Server or
a Standalone NVR application to configure the Standard NVR (see Configure a Standard
NVR). A standard NVR has these characteristics:
•
•
•
•
•
supports record only.
records 10 or 40 concurrent streams depending on license.
is configured with the standard Portal Server Admin Console or the Standalone NVR
Console.
records from the Record button or the Scheduler module.
Supports "batch" recording where one large file is recorded into multiple smaller files.
Note When purchasing additional NVRs, VBrick provides a single combined license that
includes recording capacity for all NVRs onsite.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
173
Standalone NVR
A Standalone NVR manages the record capability of itself and any attached Standard NVRs.
A standalone NVR is typically used in security, surveillance, and monitoring applications or anywhere
where full Portal Server functionality is not required. In a standalone NVR installation, a subset of
the Portal Server application is installed on one machine and the NVR application is installed
on the same machine or on a different machine. If you need to add recording capacity, you can
add multiple Standard NVRs necessary. You use the subset of the Portal Server application to
configure the NVR (see Configure a Standalone NVR). A standalone NVR has these
characteristics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
supports record only.
records 10 or 40 concurrent streams depending on license.
is configured with a subset of the Portal Server Admin Console that has limited
features—no VBricks, IPRs, etc.
records from the Scheduler module only.
has limited end user features. End users can see only the Scheduler, the Status page, and
the Help system.
supports "batch" recording where one large file is recorded into multiple smaller files.
has an API interface that lets you write custom applications to control the NVR.
Note When purchasing additional NVRs, VBrick provides a single combined license that
includes recording capacity for all NVRs onsite (Standard and/or Standalone).
NVR Installation
See the NVR Release Notes for complete installation instructions.
Synchronize the Portal Server and the NVR
The internal clocks on the Portal Server and the NVR must be synchronized for recording
functionality to work properly. You can use the Net time command as explained below or you
can use an external time server. In order to run the Net time command on either server, the
server must be on the domain, and the user logged onto the server must have admin
privileges and be part of the domain.
T
To synchronize the Portal Server and the NVR:
1.
Open a command prompt window on the Windows Web Server 2008 Portal Server
machine.
Type: Net time \\{NVR IP Address} /SET
2.
NVR Configuration
Configure a Standard NVR
A standard NVR is installed on a dedicated machine that comes fully loaded with all NVR
software. However, you must still configure the NVR as explained below. NVR configuration
is performed using the Recorders pages on the Portal Server's or Standalone NVR’s Admin
Console. See Recorders on page 43 for more information.
174
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Network Video Recording
T
To configure a standard NVR in a Portal Server Installation:
1.
Login to the Portal Server Admin Console using the host name or IP address of the Portal
Server machine. For example: http://myserveraddress/admin
Define a Record server.
a. Set record Path if necessary. Set to local hard drive on NVR or to a network drive.
b. Set Max. Recording.
Define VOD and FTP Servers (go to Global Settings > Servers ).
a. Record only – VOD server not required.
b. Record and ingest – must define a VOD server.
c. Record, ingest, and FTP – must define VOD and FTP servers.
d. Record and FTP – must define an FTP server.
If Access Control is enabled, you must create a user and grant the following permissions
on the Users page in the Admin Console. See Configuring Users on page 135 for more
information.
a. Add/Modify Live Channel Privileges
b. Allow Access To Specific FTP Servers
c. Allow Access To Specific Recorder Servers
d. Allow Access To Specific VOD Servers
e. Allow Content Recording
f. Schedule Privileges
2.
3.
4.
Configure a Standalone NVR
T
To configure a standard NVR in a Standalone NVR Installation:
1.
Login to the Standalone NVR Admin Console using the host name or IP address of the
Standalone NVR machine. For example: http://myserveraddress/admin
Define a Record server.
a. Set record Path if necessary. Set to local hard drive on NVR or to a network drive.
b. Set Max. Recording.
Define VOD and FTP Servers (go to Global Settings > Servers ).
a. Record only – VOD server not required.
b. Record and ingest – must define a VOD server.
c. Record, ingest, and FTP – must define VOD and FTP servers.
d. Record and FTP – must define an FTP server.
If Access Control is enabled, you must create a user and grant the following permissions
on the Users page in the Admin Console. See Users on page 81 for more information.
a. Allow Access To Specific FTP Servers
b. Allow Access To Specific Recorder Servers
c. Allow Access To Specific VOD Servers
d. Allow Content Recording
e. Schedule Privileges
2.
3.
4.
Using an NVR
As noted, the Portal Server and the Network Video Recorder are installed on separate
machines. Using the Admin Console, you configure the NVR by indicating where record files
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
175
will be stored, and defining the maximum number of simultaneous recording the NVR will
support (which is less than or equal to the licensed number of recordings). The record Path
can be set to local hard drive on the NVR machine or to a network drive. In a Portal Server
installation, from PCs or IPRs, end users can access NVR record features (record start/
record stop) through using the Portal Server. When a recording is initiated using the Record
button on the Live Media page of the Portal Server, the record file is be automatically ingested
to available VOD servers, based on the stream type (e.g. MPEG2, MPEG4, etc.) and user's
permissions. After ingestion, the record file can be automatically deleted from record server
based on the Global Settings configuration.
When a record is initiated through Scheduler interface of Portal Server, end users can specify
whether they want to FTP the recorded file to available FTP servers or to ingest the recorded
file to available VOD servers. They can also specify whether or not to automatically delete the
file after a successful FTP or ingestion. (These options are not available in "batch" mode. If
you select Enable Batch , the files are not FTPed and ingested; they are saved to
D:\Inetpub\ftproot\MCS\Record and all other options are disabled.)
In a standard NVR configuration, live streams can be recorded (1) by using the Record button
on the embedded player or (2) by using the Scheduler module. In a standalone NVR
installation, recording can only be initiated from the Scheduler module using the interface as
shown below in Figure 26. For a complete description of the Scheduler, see "Using the
Scheduler" in the Portal Server User Guide.
Note To use a standard NVR, the Portal Server and the NVR must be installed and running.
To use a standalone NVR, only the NVR application must be running.
Figure 26. Portal Server "Schedule Record" Page
176
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 8
Auto Content Ingestion
Topics in this section
AutoIngest Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
AutoIngest Content via XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Removing MPEG-4 Closed Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
As explained in this chapter, there are two ways to autoingest content depending on your
requirements. One method is to FTP or copy your video content to predefined folders on the
Portal Server. The folders are monitored and the content is automatically ingested
(autoingested) at periodic intervals. The second method is to use .xml files for content stored
at remote locations or on mass storage devices. This method also supports metadata for
search, copyright protection, maximum viewers, etc. In either case this document assumes
you are an experienced user who is familiar with IIS, FTP and similar technologies.
AutoIngest Content
You can FTP or copy prerecorded content to the VEMS Portal Server for easy ingestion to
the VOD server(s). The VEMS Portal Server periodically (every 5 minutes) polls certain
folders for presence of content and if found ingests the content onto multiple VOD servers.
This process is called Automatic Content Ingestion or Autoingestion. The content can come from a
pushbutton recording on the Portal Server, a VBrick VBStar, or a file recorded with
StreamPlayer Plus.
Notes • You cannot auto ingest third-party presentations into the Portal Server. You must
use the native FTP facilities in each application.
• File transcoding is not supported via AutoIngest.
The content should be placed in a pre-defined sub-folder (mcs\autoingest) under the FTP
root folder. This pre-defined folder is called the autoingest root folder. For example, if the FTP
root is at c:\inetpub\ftproot, the content could be placed anywhere under
c:\inetpub\ftproot\MCS\AutoIngest. In this example the autoingest root is
c:\inetpub\ftproot\MCS\AutoIngest.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
177
Note An autoingest folder is not created until you record a program for the first time. If you
want to autoingest before a recording, you must manually create the autoingest folder
at d:\inetput\ftproot\mcs\autoingest .
The default FTP path may be on a different drive, refer to the IIS default FTP configuration
to confirm. The default FTP path in IIS is automatically set via the installer, but, depending
on your server's configuration, it may need to be changed. The installer sets the default FTP
path to d:\inetpub\ftproot in IIS, if a D: drive is detected. Otherwise it sets the path to
c:\inetpub\ftproot. If you have a machine with an E: drive and you want to set the FTP
path to E:, you need to do the following: Go to IIS and use the right mouse button to select
on the Default FTP Site, select Properties from the popup menu. The Default FTP Site
Properties dialog box will appear. Select the Home Directory tab. In the Local Path edit box,
change the value to e:\inetpub\ftproot and hit OK .
Note When IIS installs the FTP service, a default FTP directory is created at
drive:\Inetpub\ftproot. Also, in the Admin Console, the Record Path must be in the
FTP path of the Record server, for example: C:\Inetpub\ftproot\MCS\Record. To set
Record Path in VEMS Portal Server, go to Global Settings > Recorders > Modify
Recorders > Record Path .
Content that is placed under the autoingest root folder on the VEMS Portal Server will be
ingested into the root video folder on the VOD server provided that it is configured using
the VEMS Portal Server Administrator interface. If you want to place content on a subfolder
in the VOD server, that same folder would have to be created and configured using the
VEMS Portal Server Admin interface as described below.
Go to Global Settings > Servers > Add/Modify Video On-Demand Content Folders. Here an
existing or new folder can be associated with selected VOD servers for autoingestion. The
folders are listed on the left with the path relative to autoingest root. The VOD servers are
listed on the right inside the Add/Modify Folders on Selected Servers box. Select the desired
folder and then select the target VOD servers to ingest content. Press Submit . The folder is
now created under the autoingest root folder and configured. See Add/Modify Video On
Demand Content Folders on page 57 for details.
Example
If under the root video folder on the VOD Server you had a folder (or want to create a
folder) called Training and you wanted trainingvideo.mpg to be placed there,
FTP the file to the Portal Server into <drive:>\inetpub\ftproot\mcs\autoingest\training\
178
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Auto Content Ingestion
The VEMS Portal Server will then ingest the file automatically into the folder on the VOD
server(s) that this folder is associated with. The file trainingvideo.mpg would be displayed
on the VEMS Portal Server user interface in the Training folder.
AutoIngest Content via XML
This feature lets you autoingest video files by placing an .xml file in the AutoIngestXML folder
on the Portal Server. It also lets you associate metadata with the video such as maximum
number of viewers for copyright protection, keyword tags for searching, etc. As explained
below there are three ways (see Table 19) to use this feature depending on where the source
files are located. The Portal Server monitors this folder for .xml command files and
autoingests any files at five-minute intervals. The ingest command, target video file name,
target VOD folder, and metadata to associate with the video are contained in the .xml file.
Autoingest permissions are associated with an autoingest user that is defined using the
Admin Console.
The Portal Server autoingest folder is under FTP root on the Portal Server at /MCS/
AutoIngestXML The video file and the .xml file must be FTPed (or copied) to this directory
and the target video title must contain the fully qualified path to the destination. The
autoingest user name as configured in the Portal Server Admin Console will be used to access
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
179
available VOD servers. If the autoingest user does not have publishing rights for the VOD
directory specified in the MCSTitle, the ingestion will fail.
Autoingest users must have VOD server access to at least one server capable of storing the
video type (MPEG, WM, H.264). Only existing custom fields will be recognized and
associated with the video (see Custom Fields on page 32 for more information). The
Windows Event Viewer will log the ingest command, noting the full path and the .xml data
contained in the command, and will also log the successful ingestion of the video.
When configuring the Portal Server to use LDAP database for access control, be aware that
an LDAP user for Auto Ingest via XML is not supported. You must create and select a VBrick
user in Global Assignments or the Event Viewer will display a failed ingestion error.
T
1.
To create an autoingest user with publishing rights:
Open the Admin Console, go to Users > Add User, and create an autoingest user, e.g.
AutoIngestUser.
2.
3.
4.
On the same page, go to Allow Access to Specific VOD Servers and select the servers this
user can access.
On the same page, go to Allow Content Publishing and select the folders this user can
publish to.
Then go to Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign AutoIngest and set the user
you just defined as the Current AutoIngest User.
AutoIngestXML Modes
There are three modes of operation as shown in Table 19. The mode you use depends on
where the source files are located.
Table 19. AutoIngest Modes
Mode
Description
Direct
The target source video file is FTPed to the AutoIngestXML folder.
The video file and the .xml file must both be FTPed to this folder. In
Direct mode, you must FTP the video file first or the ingestion will
fail.
Absolute
WM files only. The target source video file resides in a folder on the
Portal Server. Only the .xml file is FTPed to the AutoIngestXML folder.
This is useful for mass storage devices because you do not have to
copy the files to the AutoIngestXML folder on the Portal Server.
Remote FTP †
MPEG Files only. The target source video file resides on a remote
FTP server. Only the .xml file is FTPed to the AutoIngestXML folder.
† Not available for VOD-D (Darwin) servers. Use Direct mode only to AutoIngest to
VOD-D servers.
Using the XML Template
There are three named templates in the VBrick\MCS\utils folder for Direct, Absolute, and
Remote FTP files. Use the appropriate template to manually create an .xml file for each video
file. Use Notepad, TextPad, or a similar tool and then FTP this file (and the video in Direct
mode) to the AutoIngestXML folder on the Portal Server. (In Direct mode, you must FTP the
video file first or the ingestion will fail.) The filename can be any alphanumeric string with an
180
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Auto Content Ingestion
.xml extension. The following code shows a sample .xml file that uses the Direct mode
template. The template for each mode is the same except for the SourceFileName and
SourceFileType tags. Table 20 explains the required format for these tags.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<AutoIngestCmd version="1.0">
<Command>ingest</Command>
<Ingest>
<MCSTitle>/VODFolder/Spiderman Returns</MCSTitle>
<Keywords>Ingest001</Keywords>
<Description>My ingested Video</Description>
<Expiration>20060430-1130</Expiration>
<SourceFileName>Ingest002.wmv</SourceFileName>
<SourceFileType>WM</SourceFileType>
<MaxViewers>-1</MaxViewers>
<FileLink filename="myfile.ppt" url="http://www.google.com/" />
<FileLink filename="myother.ppt" url="http://www.google.com/" />
<CustomFields>
<Field name="CustomTextField1" value="Value1" />
<Field name="CustomTextField2" value="Value2" />
<Field name="CustomDropField1" value="one" />
<Field name="CustomDropField2" value="two" />
</CustomFields>
</Ingest>
</AutoIngestCmd>
Table 20. AutoIngestXML Tags
Tag
Description
Command
Required. Must be set to ingest .
MCSTitle
Required. Cannot be blank. Must begin with "/" and contains fully
qualified path to destination VOD folder/title on the Portal Server.
The autoingest user name must have publishing rights for VOD target
folder.
Keywords
Optional. Keywords associated with this video. Used for search.
Description
Optional. Description of the video. Used for search.
Expiration
Optional. Content expiration specifier, e.g. 20060430-1130 . Format:
yyyymmdd-hhmm Used for copyright protection.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
181
Tag
Description
SourceFileName
Required. Contains the source video file name to be ingested. The
format of this data determines the mode of operation.
• Direct – All files (see supported file types in Table 21). This file
must reside in the AutoIngestXML directory (it must be FTPed first)
on the Portal Server. This file will ultimately be copied to one or
more VOD servers. The format is simply the filename for example:
ingest001.wmv
• Absolute – WM files only. This file must reside in a folder on the
Portal Server. The format for this data is: [absolutepath]
<FullLocPath> for example [absolutepath]c:/Temp/ingest002.wmv
• Remote FTP – MPEG Files only. This file resides on a remote FTP
server. The format for this data is:
ftp://username:[email protected]/subdirectory/Filename
For example: ftp://videos:[email protected]/videos/
ingest0003.mpg where the FTP protocol string, username,
password, FTP URL, subdirectory, and file name are specified in
the string in a fixed format.
SourceFileType
With Direct mode (see above) this parameter is automatically
configured and not used. This parameter is required for Absolute and
FTP Remote modes. Format type of the video files = WM , H264 ,
MPEG-1 , MPEG-2 , and MPEG-4 .
MaxViewers
Optional. Maximum number of concurrent viewers allowed. -1 =
unlimited. If unspecified, -1 (unlimited) is assumed.
FileLink
Optional. 0–n file reference links to associate with this video. Each file
link requires a filename (e.g. "myfile.ppt" ) and a URL.
CustomFields
Optional. 0–n custom fields to associate with this video. See Custom
Fields on page 32 for more information. Each custom field must
contain:
• name – must be already defined in Portal Server or field will be
ignored.
• value – dropdown list boxes only; must be already defined in Portal
Server or field will be ignored.
Table 21. File Types Supported in Direct Mode
182
File Type
File Extension
MPEG-1
.mpg
MPEG-2
.mpg
MPEG-4
.mp4
H.264/MP4
.mp4
H.264/TS
.mpg
WM
.wmv, .wma, .mp3, .asf
FLV
.flv
SWF
.swf
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Auto Content Ingestion
File Type
File Extension
F4V
.f4v
MOV
.mov
M4V
.m4v
M4A
.m4a
Removing MPEG-4 Closed Captions
MPEG-4 files with closed captions cannot be added to NXG servers until the closed caption
track is removed. The VEMS Portal Server will display an error message if you try to add
such files. VBrick provides a utility to remove the closed captions track from an MPEG-4 file
if necessary. It is installed with VEMS Portal Server in c:\program files\vbrick\utils
T
To remove the closed captions track from MPEG-4 files:
1.
2.
Go to c:\program files\vbrick\MCS\utils and double-click CCTrackRemover.exe
Enter an MPEG-4 File Name and click Remove CC Track . Depending on the size of the file
it may take a few moments to complete.
When done, you can add or autoingest the video file as necessary.
3.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
183
184
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 9
Automatic System Backup
This chapter explains how to use ETVBackup to create a warm backup Portal Server.
ETVBackup is an optional software application. If you did not purchase ETVBackup, you
can backup key Portal Servers files and directories manually. See Manual System Backup
on page 199 for details.
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Configuring VEMS Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Turning a Warm Backup Server into a Live Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Bringing a Failed Machine Back Online. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Software Installation and Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Overview
Enterprise Media System Backup is a highly-automated standalone application that backs up
key directories on the Portal Server at periodic intervals. VEMS Backup requires two separate
Portal Server machines: a "warm backup" Portal Server and a "live" Portal Server. They must
both have the same version of the Portal Server software installed. During a scheduled backup,
VEMS Backup copies new or changed files and ensures that the data on the warm backup
always matches the data on the live Portal Server.
Warm backup is the process of copying key directories and files from a "live" (primary) Portal
Server to a "warm backup" (secondary) server. These directories and files are backed up on a
scheduled periodic basis (every 10 minutes) and a configurable number of archive versions
are kept on the backup server. The warm backup will not function as a Portal Server while it
is in warm backup mode. If the live Portal Server fails for any reason, you can quickly convert
the backup server into the live server by performing a few simple steps. The warm backup
then becomes the "live" primary server.
VEMS Backup is an optional Enterprise Media System component with its own license.
VEMS Backup does not provide a redundant "hot" standby server, nor does it backup video content.
VEMS Backup is designed to provide a "warm" backup server for key Portal Server data files
and for the metadata describing your content. There is no installation procedure. VEMS
Backup is automatically installed and requires only a license key. This document describes
how to configure a warm backup and how to turn a warm backup server into a live server.
Once it is properly configured, VEMS Backup will automatically run every ten minutes and
no additional configuration or user action is required.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
185
Note VEMS Backup is tightly integrated with the Portal Server and backs up key directories
and files. VBrick does not support any user customization of this product or any
non-VEMS Portal Server uses of the software.
VEMS Backup Profiles
The folders shown below are automatically backed up from the live server to the warm
server. As shown in the window, each key Portal Server directory is preconfigured with a
corresponding "profile." Note that Portal Server license files are specific to the server
hardware on which they are installed. For this reason they are backed up on the warm server
in an alternate location under the VEMS application directory so that they do not overwrite
the warm backup server's own license files.
Table 22. Enterprise Media System Reporter Backup Profiles
Profile Name
Folder Location
VEMS Database Backup
C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server 5.1
VEMS Licenses Backup
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\licenses
VEMS Live Presentations Backup
MCSPresentations
VEMS Logs Backup
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Logs\
VEMS nsc Backup
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\nsc
VEMS sdp Backup
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\sdp
VEMS Station Icons Backup
StationIcons
(virtual directory)
(virtual directory under MCS
application)
186
(virtual directory)
VEMS Stored Presentations Backup
Presentations
VEMS Thumbnails Backup
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Images\Thumbnails
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Automatic System Backup
Configuring VEMS Backup
T
To configure Enterprise Media System Backup, you must perform all of the following
steps in the exact sequence shown:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Enter License Key.
Set Profile IP Addresses.
Configure the Scheduler.
Reset Database Backup Versioning.
Enable the Warm Backup Server.
Test the Configuration.
1. Enter License Key
The first time you launch VEMS Backup, you will be prompted for a license key. This key is
attached to the "Software Activation Keys" card shipped with the VEMS server.
T
To enter the license key:
1.
Find your license key on the "Software Activation Keys" card, type it into Notepad, and
copy it to the clipboard (Ctrl-C).
Launch VEMS Backup: go to Start > Programs > VBrick > ETV Backup.
When the Serial Number window is displayed, paste the license key into the window
(Ctrl-V) and the VEMS Backup application will automatically be launched.
2.
3.
2. Set Profile IP Addresses
VEMS Backup is shipped with a preconfigured profile "group" called MCS Warm Backup
Group. This group has individual profiles corresponding to all of the key Portal Server
directories that need to be backed up. All VEMS Backup functions use this preconfigured
group. Before you can run VEMS Backup you need to set the IP addresses for each of the
individual profiles in MCS Warm Backup Group. These addresses must correspond to the
actual IP address of your live Portal Server.
T
1.
To set the profile IP addresses:
Double-click on the first profile (or right-click and select Modify ) in the group which is
(This should open the following window. If not check that
Preferences > Double-click Action is set to Modify the profile .)
MCS Database Backup.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
187
2.
3.
4.
In the Live MCS Database field, replace the IP address shown with the IP address (or
server machine name) of your live Portal Server. Do not change anything else in the path.
The Database backup field is populated automatically. Do not change anything in this
field.
Click OK when done and repeat these steps for each of the other profiles.
3. Set MySQL Version
The preconfigured profile "group" called VEMS Database Backup must be modified to
correspond to the MySQL version being used by VEMS (currently 5.1).
T
To modify the MySQL profile setting:
1.
2.
Double-click on VEMS Database Backup (or right-click and select Modify.
In the Live MCS Database field, change MySQL Server 5.0 to MySQL Server 5.1 . Do not
change anything else in the path.
In the Database backup field change MySQL Server 5.0 to MySQL Server 5.1 . Do not
change anything in the path.
Click OK and ignore any messages when done.
3.
4.
4. Configure the Scheduler
The procedure for this step only varies depending on whether you are using Windows Server
2003 or Windows Server 2008. Use the instructions that are appropriate for your site. The
remaining steps (5–7) are the same for both operating systems.
Windows Server 2003
188
T
To configure the Scheduler on Windows Server 2003:
1.
2.
Right-click on MCS Warm
Click Edit Schedule.
Backup Group
and select Schedule.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Automatic System Backup
3.
Be sure a user with administrative privileges on the server machine is shown in the Run
box. Press Set Password and enter the password associated with that user.
as
4.
Press OK and OK and minimize the application—do not exit.
Windows Server 2008
T
To configure the Scheduler on Windows Server 2008:
1.
2.
Right-click on MCS Warm Backup Group and select Schedule.
When the popup window is displayed, click Yes to create a schedule.
3.
Be sure a user with administrative privileges on the server machine is shown in the Run
box. Then enter the password associated with that user and click OK .
as
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
189
4.
5.
6.
7.
190
On the "Schedule" window, click OK and OK to exit.
On the Windows Server 2008 desktop, go to Start > Administrative Tools > Task
Scheduler.
Expand Task Scheduler Library > 2BrightSparks > SyncBack and double-click on
SWAPPS-Administrator.
In the upper pane, double-click on etvbackup VEMS Warm Backup Group to display the
properties page.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Automatic System Backup
8.
Click on the Triggers tab and click Edit .
9.
Select Repeat task every 10 minutes, set for a duration of Indefinitely, and click OK .
5. Reset Database Backup Versioning
This step is important. Do not omit this step.
T
To reset database backup versioning:
1.
2.
Right-click on VEMS Database Backup and select Modify.
Then go to Copy/Delete > Versioning in the left navigation pane and set maximum
versions to 5 and maximum days to 7 .
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
191
3.
Click OK and minimize the application—do not exit.
6. Enable the Warm Backup Server
If you purchased VEMS Backup, two Portal Servers will be present at your site—one of
which must be configured as a warm backup. By default, the warm backup option is disabled on
both servers.
T
To enable a warm backup server:
1.
On the server machine that will be used as the warm backup, go to Start > Control Panel
> Programs and Features.
Select VBrick Enterprise Media System and click Uninstall/Change. Then select Enable/
Disable Warm Backup Server and click Next .
2.
192
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Automatic System Backup
3.
Then select Enable and click Next , then OK to exit. This will enable the machine as a
warm backup. This will complete the configuration and there is no need to reboot the
server.
4.
When finished, launch VEMS Backup using the desktop icon.
7. Test the Configuration
When you are finished configuring the IP addresses, click the Run
icon in the navigation
footer. All backup profiles should run without errors and a window similar to the one shown
below will report a successful backup for each profile. If problems occur, for example if you
entered an invalid IP address, the window will report any failures. Correct the problems using
the information provided in the log window and try again.
T
To test the configuration:
1.
2.
3.
Highlight the MCS Warm Backup Group and click Run .
Click Continue Run for each Differences for profile: xxxxx window and then OK .
If no errors occur, a window similar to the one shown below will be displayed.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
193
194
4.
If errors occur, right-click on the failed profile and select View Log > Newest .
5.
6.
This will displayed detailed information (see below) that you can use to correct the error.
When done, highlight the failed profile and run again until successful.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Automatic System Backup
Turning a Warm Backup Server into a Live Server
A Portal Server can experience a hardware failure for a variety of reasons. If the hardware
fails, you may be unable to communicate with the server via a web browser, the Remote
Desktop utility, or any other means. Since there will be no web access, end users may get a
"404 page not found," server timeout, or similar message. If this happens, remove the server
from service and turn the warm backup into the primary server as explained here. This
procedure only takes a minute or two. After fixing or replacing the failed primary server, you can
then re-configure it as a warm backup or as the primary server.
Note In most cases, the changeover to a warm backup server will be totally transparent to
end user (client) viewers. If they are watching a live or a stored VOD video when the
changeover occurs, there will be no disruption to the video viewing.
T
To turn a warm backup server into a live server:
1.
On the warm backup machine, open the Add or Remove Programs window on the
and click Change/Remove on the VBrick Media Control Server Suite.
Then click Disable to disable the warm backup and make this machine your live server.
You will no longer have a warm backup server.
Control Panel
2.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
195
3.
If you want viewers to use the same host name for the Portal Server after turning a warm
backup into a live server, a network administrator will have to change the IP address or
DNS entry to match the new address.
Bringing a Failed Machine Back Online
Bring a Failed Machine Back Online as a Warm Backup
T
To bring a failed machine back online as a warm backup server:
1.
Configure the fixed machine as a warm backup. Repeat all of the configuration steps
described earlier (see Configuring VEMS Backup on page 187). Be sure to replace the
profile IP addresses with the IP address (or server machine name) of the new live Portal
Server. Make sure you don't put both the live server and the warm backup server online
at the same time with the same IP address.
After fixing or replacing the failed server, go to Add or Remove Programs and Enable this
machine as a warm backup—not as a live Portal Server. You can only have one Live
Portal server configured at a time.
2.
(If you want viewers to use the same host name for the Portal Server after turning a fixed
machine into a warm backup, a network administrator will have to change the IP address
or DNS entry to match the new address.)
3.
After performing these steps, the new primary server will acquire the backed up
directories and files from the old primary server as soon as you test the configuration.
Bring a Failed Machine Back Online as a Primary Server
T
To bring a failed machine back online as a primary server:
1.
Follow Steps 1–3 above to first bring a failed machine back online as a warm backup.
You must perform these steps first. If you do not, you risk losing all existing backup data.
Go to Add or Remove Programs and Disable this machine as a warm backup.
Go to Add or Remove Programs on the other server and Enable that machine as a warm
back.
2.
3.
196
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Automatic System Backup
Software Installation and Upgrade
ETVBackup Installation
Enterprise Media System Backup requires a license key. If your VEMS purchase included
VEMS Backup, the license key will be installed by VBrick prior to shipment. If you ever need
to re-install the software, the license key is attached to the "Software Activation Keys" card
that is included with the server. If you purchase VEMS Backup separately, VBrick will send a
"Software Activation Keys" card with the new license key attached. Launch VEMS Backup
and enter this license key, when prompted, to activate the software.
VEMS Upgrade
There is no upgrade for ETVBackup. This topic explains how to upgrade the VEMS
software on a warm backup server.
T
To upgrade the VEMS software on a warm back up server:
1.
3.
4.
Manually save all of your data on the backup server. For details see
Manual System Backup on page 199.
Close the ETVBackup application. Right-click on the icon in the system tray and select
Exit .
On the warm backup server, go to Start > Control Panel > Programs and Features.
Select VBrick Enterprise Media System and click the Uninstall/Change button.
5.
Disable
6.
7.
8.
details.
Upgrade the Portal Server software as explained in the Portal Server Release Notes.
When done start with Step 3 above and Enable the Warm Backup Server.
When done reboot the server and ETVBackup will automatically start.
2.
the Warm Backup Server. See Uninstall/Change Configuration on page 15 for
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
197
198
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 10
Manual System Backup
This chapter explains how to manually backup key system files and directories on the
Portal Server. If you purchased Enterprise Media System Backup, this process is
automatic. See Automatic System Backup on page 185 for details.
The Enterprise Media System Portal Server uses MySQL to manage the database of users and
groups, and also the video information related to content on the VOD Servers. Note that this
procedure backs up information in the MySQL database and key directories only. It does not
back up any video content you may have stored on attached VOD servers. (To back up video
content, you will likely need a backup strategy and a robust storage capability.) Use this
procedure when removing the VOD server for troubleshooting purposes, or when upgrading
the software, in order to avoid the loss of this content information. This procedure can also
be helpful for load balancing and failover. It can simplify the task of maintaining multiple
servers with the same information.Note that In order to backup database files, you will need
administrative access to the VEMS Portal Server and a safe location to store the backup database and
files.
Topics in this section
System Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
System Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
System Backup
To ensure a successful system backup, you must follow the exact sequence of steps shown
below. Also, since this process will interrupt any streaming video, you may want to schedule
this procedure at night or during non-business hours.
T
To back up the system:
1.
2.
Log into the Portal Server as the Administrator.
The MySQL Service will need to be stopped in order to have a clean copy of the
database. Go to Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services.
Right-click on MySQL in the right pane and select Stop. There will be a list of other
services that will stop. Take note of these other services and select Yes.
The Service Control window will show the progress of the Services being stopped. After
the services have stopped minimize the Services window.
Open My Computer and save copies of the following directories in a safe backup location.
3.
4.
5.
C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server x.x\data
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\licenses
C: \Program Files\VBrick\MCS\MCSPresentations
or D:\VBrick\MCSPresentations
C: \Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Presentations
or D:\VBrick\Presentations
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Logs\
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
199
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\nsc
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\sdp
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\StationIcons
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Images\Thumbnails
6.
7.
To restart the Services, maximize the Services window.
Right-click on the VBrick Object Starter and select Start . This will start the MySQL
services. If the VEMS Scheduler Module or other services were stopped in Step 3 above
they will need to be started as well.
System Restore
To ensure a successful system restore, it is critical that you follow the exact sequence of steps
shown below. Also, since this process will interrupt any streaming video, you may want to
schedule this procedure at night or during non-business hours.
Note The database cannot be restored from a different version number of VEMS Portal
Server or from the same version number after additional features (for example VEMS
Scheduler) have been installed. To ensure a successful restore, always perform a
backup after an upgrade or after installing new features. Restore the database only to
an VEMS Portal Server instance with the same version number and with the same
features installed.
T
To restore the system:
1.
2.
Log into the Portal Server as the Administrator.
The MySQL Service will need to be stopped in order to have a clean recovery of the
database. Go to Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services.
Right-click on MySQL in the right pane and select Stop. There will be a list of other
services that will stop. Take note of these other services and select Yes.
A Service Control window will show the progress of the Services that will be stopped.
After the services have stopped, minimize the Services window.
Open My Computer and restore the following directories from the backup location.
3.
4.
5.
C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server x.x\data
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\licenses
C: \Program Files\VBrick\MCS\MCSPresentations
or D:\VBrick\MCSPresentations
C: \Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Presentations
or D:\VBrick\Presentations
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Logs\
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\nsc
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\sdp
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\StationIcons
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Images\Thumbnails
6.
7.
200
To start the Services, maximize the Services window.
Right-click on the VBrick Object Starter and select Start . This will start the MySQL
services. If the VEMS Scheduler module or other services were stopped in Step 3 above
they will need to be started as well.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 11
AmiNET110 MPEG-2 STB
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Connecting the AmiNET110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Configuring the AmiNET110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Configuring the Remote Control for a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Configuring the AmiNET110 for a Widescreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Overview
The AmiNet110 is a compact set top box for the Portal Server manufactured by Amino
Systems. It connects to a standard TV and plays MPEG-2 streams only—no other streams
are selectable for viewing or adding. These pages explain how to connect and configure the
Amino set top box. There is no software installation required: simply connect and configure
the device as explained below and you are done. The Portal Server User Guide explains how to
use the Amino remote control unit to select streams and navigate Portal Server pages after the
Amino is configured and running as explained here. The Amino does not support the
following Portal Server functionality:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Access Logging
Scheduling
Custom Fields
Device Control
Priority Alert
Copyright Restrictions
Connecting the AmiNET110
Connect the Amino STB to a standard TV and to your Ethernet network as explained below.
If necessary, refer to the illustrations in the AmiNet110 User Guide that came with the device.
Check the components for damage as you unpack the device. The AmiNet110 includes a
power supply, a mounting stand, a remote control, and an A/V cable.
T
To setup and connect the Amino
1.
Mount the Amino either vertically or horizontally as explained in the AmiNet110 User
Guide.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
201
2.
3.
4.
Connect the Amino to your network using a standard Ethernet cable (not supplied) with
an RJ-45 connector.
Connect the Amino to the TV as follows.
a. Connect one end of the Amino A/V lead to the composite connector on the Amino.
b. Connect the other end to either the S-Video connector on the TV or to the red,
white, and yellow audio and video connectors.
Connect the power supply and install three AAA batteries in the remote control.
Configuring the AmiNET110
The Amino STB is shipped with a handheld IR remote control and an optional wireless
keyboard. You must use the Amino wireless keyboard to configure the set top box.
T
To configure the Amino using the wireless keyboard
1.
2.
3.
Connect the Amino, the network, and the TV as explained above and power on the STB.
When the Amino splash page is displayed, press Alt-m on the keyboard.
Enter the read management password (default = leaves ).
Note When the Amino Admin pages are displayed, you must use Shift + Arrow Up/
Arrow Down to navigate through the menus.
4.
If a DHCP server is present, the Amino IP address is automatically obtained from the
DHCP server.
5. If a DHCP server is not present, and you want to set a static IP address, select Network
Configuration , set DHCP Info to Do not use, and enter the new IP address and other
network data.
6. Select Trusted Domains and add the Portal Server IP address or host name to the list of
trusted domains in the format: <ip_address > or <hostname > (do not use http://).
Also verify that Macrovision and JavaScript are enabled.
7. Save changes and enter the write management password (default = snake ).
8. Return to main menu and select Browser Setup.
9. In the Home Page field, enter the Portal Server URL as http://<PortalServerIPaddress>
10. Save your changes and push the Home button on the keyboard to launch the Amino MCS
home page (Figure 27).
202
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
AmiNET110 MPEG-2 STB
Figure 27. Amino MCS Home Page
11. Click on Watch live media , for example, to display the Live Media page (Figure 28). You
can use this page to select any available MPEG-2 stream.
Figure 28. Live Media Page
Change the IP Address
Once the Amino is initially configured as explained above, you can change the IP address as
necessary using the wireless keyboard.
T
To change the IP address
1.
2.
Go to the Amino MCS home page (Figure 27) and press Ctrl on the keyboard.
Click OK to toggle the Default Amino Keys to On .
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
203
3.
4.
Press Alt-m on the keyboard and use the steps listed above in Configuring the
AmiNET110 to set a new IP address.
Press Ctrl again to toggle off the Default Amino Keys and resume normal operation.
Configure a Direct Connection
In some cases you may wish to connect the Amino directly to a VBrick MPEG-2 appliance
without using the Portal Server. In this case the attached monitor will display the single
stream from the appliance in full screen mode. Note that when configured in this manner, the
cursor will be displayed on the screen and cannot be removed. If necessary, use the arrow
keys on the IR remote control to reposition the cursor.
T
To connect an Amino directly to an MPEG-2 appliance
1.
2.
3.
Open the management interface on the Amino (Alt-m ).
Navigate to Browser Setup > Home Page.
In the Home Page field, enter the IP address of the VBrick appliance in the following
format: igmp://<vbrick_ipaddress>:port
Reboot the Amino to display the MPEG-2 stream from the VBrick in full screen mode
on the monitor.
4.
Configuring the Remote Control for a TV
The Amino handheld IR remote control is designed to work with the Amino set top box.
During normal operation, the STB/TV button (see the Portal Server User Guide) should be set
for STB. It can, however, be configured to work with a standard TV. In order for the remote
to transmit the correct signals to control the TV, it must be programmed with a 3-digit code
that matches the TV. See the Amino Remote Controls User Guide for more information.
Configuring the AmiNET110 for a Widescreen
This procedure explains how to configure an Amino Set Top Box for MPEG-2 output to a
widescreen (16:9) TV. Use one of the following methods depending on whether you are using
the handheld remote control or the wireless keyboard. When done, repeat these steps if necessary
for each Amino set top box.
204
T
To configure for widescreen with the wireless keyboard
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press Ctrl to get into Amino keyboard mode.
Press Alt-p to get to Preferences.
On the Preferences menu select TV system and Audio Settings.
Change the TV Display Format to Widescreen TV.
Save changes, exit Preferences, and power cycle the STB.
Be sure to set the widescreen TV monitor to Full mode.
T
To configure for widescreen using the remote control
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the Menu button on the Remote Control to get to Preferences.
On the Preferences menu select TV system and Audio Settings.
Change the TV Display Format to Widescreen TV.
Save changes, exit Preferences, and power cycle the STB.
Be sure to set the widescreen TV monitor to Full mode.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
AmiNET110 MPEG-2 STB
Set the TV Display Format
As noted, you can change the TV Display Format from the Preferences menu. The following
tables show the output from normal and widescreen TVs depending on how the TV Display
Format is set. Be sure to power cycle the STB to implement any changes you make.
Table 23. Video Output with a Normal (4:3) TV
TV Display Format
Video Output
Standard (4:3) Mode
Normal (4:3) video plays normally and 16:9 video has the left and
right sides cropped off (center cutout).
Letterbox Mode
Normal (4:3) video plays normally and 16:9 video has all the
picture viewable with black bars on the top and bottom
(letterbox).
Widescreen TV
Normal (4:3) video plays normally and 16:9 video displays all the
picture but it is squashed in.
Table 24. Video Output with a Widescreen (16:9) TV
TV Display Format
Video Output
Widescreen TV
16:9 video plays normally and 4:3 video has black bars left and
right (pillar box). This relies on the TV responding to aspect ratio
switching signals on VBI line 23 (PAL only). On TVs that don't
respond to this signal, you must set the TV aspect ratio manually
to avoid a stretched or squashed picture.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
205
206
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 12
ACNS Configuration
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
ACNS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Verify Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Overview
The Cisco Application and Content Networking System (ACNS) is a digital media delivery
solution that reduces redundant digital media streaming traffic traversing a WAN from the
data center to branch offices over satellite and terrestrial networks. Cisco ACNS offers a
comprehensive set of streaming-media features that let you stream high-quality and longplaying digital videos live and simultaneously to thousands of users and media players and
provide access on demand at a later time. By caching on-demand content, or prepositioning
frequently accessed content, ACNS minimizes the need for the same digital media content to
traverse WAN links from the data center to branch offices.
VBrick has partnered with Cisco to integrate VBrick's product line with Cisco's ACNS
content distribution system. Integrated VBrick products include encoders, Video on Demand
(VOD) servers, IP Receiver, PC and Mac clients, and the Enterprise Media System. The
integration of these two industry-leading products means that customers with legacy
networks can retain their existing network infrastructure and still deploy the latest in video
delivery systems. The benefits of this product integration include unlimited geographic reach
for video, reduced network circuit costs, higher quality video, and improved system
performance. Cisco ACNS also provides a flexible management system for efficient
operation, automation, and central management of the digital media delivery network.
Note The integrated Portal Server and ACNS Server solution handles MPEG-4 and
Windows Media video files residing on Darwin, Windows Media, and VOD-W servers
only. MPEG-1, MPEG-2, and H.264 files are not supported; VBrick's NXG (Linux)
servers are not supported.
ACNS Configuration
To configure the Portal Server to work with ACNS you need to perform certain steps on the
Portal Server and on the ACNS server. If you have a VBrick VOD-W server, you will need
to create a virtual directory in IIS before you configure the Portal Server or the ACNS
server. If you have a Darwin server or a Windows Media server, no additional configuration
is required.
VOD-W Server Configuration
ACNS copies all MPEG-4 and WM video files from all (Windows Media, Darwin, and
VOD-W) servers in your Enterprise Media System. (ACNS does not support NXG servers;
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
207
the Windows Media and Darwin servers require no additional configuration.) Use the
following steps to configure a VOD-W server to work with ACNS.
T
To configure a VOD-W server to work with ACNS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Login the VOD-W server.
Go to Start > Windows Explorer.
Expand the tree in the left pane under the drive labeled (C:) .
Expand Program Files under C: and then expand InfoValue under that.
Click on QuickVideo OnDemand Server.
Double-click on the file QvcsConfig.ini . The system should use Notepad to open the file.
Locate the line that reads "[Ingest] ".
Locate the lines beginning with StoragePathN= shortly after the "[Ingest] " line where N is
a number. Leave the Notepad window open.
9. Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
10. Expand the tree in the left pane and expand FTP Sites.
11. For each StoragePath line found in step 8, configure a virtual directory for it as follows:
a. Right-click on the Default FTP Site and then select New > Virtual Directory.
b. Click Next in the Welcome to the Wizard window.
c. For Virtual Directory Alias, enter the text after the first backslash (\) from the
StoragePath line whose data is being setup. For example, if the line reads
StoragePath1=D:\Content , enter Content for the Alias. Click Next .
d. For FTP Site Content Directory, click Browse and navigate to the directory specified in
the StoragePath line whose data is being setup. Click OK then Next .
e. In the Access Permissions window, click Next to select the default permission of
Read .
f. Click Finish to complete creation of the new Virtual Directory.
12. You will also need to configure the VOD-W Server to allow anonymous connections.
T
To allow anonymous connections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Go to Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
Expand the tree in the left pane and expand FTP Sites.
Right-click on the Default FTP Site and select Properties.
Go to the Security Accounts tab, check Allow Anonymous Connections, and click OK .
Portal Server Configuration
Portal Server integration with Cisco's ACNS Server is available with Portal Server v4.0.1 or
later software. The following procedures explain (1) how to configure a manifest file on the
Portal Server that will be used by the ACNS server to ensure that the content on the ACNS
Server matches the content on the Portal Server; and (2) how to verify that forced use of
TCP for MPEG-4 content is disabled.
T
To create a manifest file on the Portal Server:
1.
Install VEMS v4.0.1 or later from the VEMS Product CD See the VEMS Portal Server
Release Notes for detailed instructions.
After installing the Portal Server, open the Portal Server Admin Console and go to
Global Settings > Global Assignments > Set Cisco ACNS Manifest Options.
2.
208
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
ACNS Configuration
3.
4.
5.
Check Enable manifest generation , select the files (MPEG-4 and/or WM) to include, and
specify an interval (default = 10 minutes) that defines how often the file will be
regenerated.
Click Submit when done.
Click Generate Now to create an "on demand" manifest file. The Portal Server will create
(and periodically overwrite) a manifest file called ACNSManifest.xml in the Program
Files\VBrick\MCS\Cisco folder. The Cisco subdirectory is automatically created.
When a Portal Server is configured to integrate with an ACNS network, content playback is
redirected to stream from ACNS nodes only if RTSP is used for video transmission. To use
RTSP, verify that the Portal Server option to "Always use TCP" is unchecked (this is the
default).
T
To verify that TCP is off:
1.
2.
Go to Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign LAN/Internet Address Range(s) .
Verify that Always use TCP protocol (HTTP Tunneling/RTSP Interleaving) for MPEG-4 and
Windows Media content? is unchecked.
ACNS Server Configuration
Note that installation, configuration, and support for ACNS must be provided by Cisco and/
or their representatives. Use the following steps to point to the Portal Server manifest file
and set other configuration options.
T
To set configuration options and identify the manifest file:
1.
2.
3.
Be sure the ACNS Server is running and launch an Internet Explorer browser.
Go to the ACNS Management URL, for example https://<ipaddress>:8443 .
Log into the ACNS Management Tool.
Username: admin
Password: default
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click on the Services tab at top of page.
Create a Content Channel for the VOD server.
Click on Channel Content on the left.
Near the top of the screen, set the content acquisition method to specify external
manifest file .
In the Manifest URL field enter the Portal Server URL in the following format:
http://<MCSipaddress>/Cisco/ACNSManifest.xml
9. Set the Check manifest every field to desired interval (60 minutes is recommended).
10. To check the manifest file, click Validate to open a pop-up that will show the manifest.
The last message should indicate the manifest is correct.
11. Click Fetch manifest now to start content replication.
12. To check the status of the content replication click on Replication Status on the left side
of page. The system is ready when the following is true:
Acquisition status
Device states
is Completed .
at the screen bottom are Completed , and the In
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
Process
counts are zero.
209
Verify Installation
T
To verify the VEMS/ACNS integration is successful:
1.
2.
Be sure that the VEMS Portal Server and ACNS are configured as explained above.
Go into the ACNS management system and verify that the video content added via the
VEMS Portal Server has been pushed to the ACNS remote content engine's disk storage.
Open a browser and launch a Portal Server client.
Launch a stored MPEG-4 or WM video from the Portal Server user interface. The
MPEG-4 or WM content should run and play successfully to conclusion.
If you run a packet sniffer on the VEMS client, a trace will show that the client was
redirected to play the content from a Cisco node and not from a VBrick VOD server.
3.
4.
5.
210
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 13
NXG-to-VOD-W Content Migration
Topics in this section
Creating an Asset List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Using the Migration Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Verifying the Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
This chapter explains how to migrate MPEG-1 and MPEG-2 video files from a VBrick NXG
(Linux) VOD server to a VBrick VOD-W (Windows) VOD server. This migration is a twostep process:
T
To migrate NXG files
1.
First run the Linux script VBListAssets.sh on the NXG VOD server to create an asset list
that identifies all video files present on the server.
Then run the migration tool to replicate these files on the VOD-W server.
2.
Creating an Asset List
Use the steps listed below to run a script that will create an asset list (see Sample Asset List)
of all video files on the NXG server. The script requires that the following files be FTPed
to the NXG server. These files are located in the Portal Server utilities folder at: C:\Program
Files\Vbrick\MCS\utils\NXGtoVODWMigrationTools
VBListAssets.awk
VBListAssets.sh
T
To FTP the files and run the script
1.
Open a Command Prompt on your PC and change directories to the folder with the files
listed above.
FTP <NXG_ip_address>
2.
Login as user = vbrickuser ; password = vbrickuser
ftp> bin
to transfer the files in binary mode.
ftp> mput VBL*
to transfer the script to the server. When prompted, answer y to allow
the file transfer.
ftp> quit
3.
to exit FTP.
Telnet to the NXG server to run the script.
telnet <NXG_ip_address>
4.
Login as user = vbrickuser ; password = vbrickuser
chmod 777 VBL*
to make the script files executable (FTP will not do this).
./VBListAssets.sh
5.
to run the script.
Wait approximately two minutes until the script completes. When prompted for
password, type the root password (default = omnibase ) and press Enter. The file
nxg_asset_list will be created in the current directory. The script should not generate any
output. If it does, note the output for analysis by VBrick Support Services.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
211
6.
Copy nxg_asset_list to the Portal Server machine or use an FTP URL in the Assets field
of the Migration Tool. For example:
ftp://vbrickuser:[email protected]<server_ip_address>/nxg_asset_list
Sample Asset List
This snippet shows sample assets included in the file nxg_asset_list . Each asset is described
by name and location.
<assets>
<asset>
<name>/demo/TestAutoIngest4.mpg</name>
<location>/vbrick/content_links/20071005113535_1</location>
</asset>
<asset>
<name>/1_MSNBC_05_16_07_16_12_41.mpg</name>
<location>/vbrick/content_links/20071005113535_2</location>
</asset>
<asset>
<name>/Rec9.mpg</name>
<location>/vbrick/content_links/20071005113535_3</location>
</asset>
</assets>
Using the Migration Tool
The Migration Tool is used to migrate MPEG-1 and MPEG-2 video files from a VBrick
NXG VOD server to a VBrick VOD-W VOD server. The original content remains on the
NXG server and is not affected. The Migration Tool is a Windows-based application that is
installed with the Portal Server installation and should be run on the Portal Server machine.
Once you have created an asset file, use the following steps to actually migrate files to the
VOD-W server. Note that the ingestion process on the VOD-W server is CPU and
bandwidth intensive. You may want to run the migration during off-peak hours and increase
the ingestion rate as explained below. Be sure to read the following important notes.
Note • Both the Source and Destination VOD servers must be defined in MCS and must
be running.
• You must create an MCS user (or configure MCSClient, the default user) that can
access the Destination VOD-W server but cannot access the Source NXG server.
See Configuring Users on page 135 for details. The MCS user must be configured
as follows.
• Allow Access to Specific VOD Servers – select only the destination VOD-W.
• Allow Access to Specific VOD Content – select all VOD Folders.
• Allow Content Publishing – select all Available Folders.
• The Migration Tool will not run if SSL is enabled on the Portal Server. To disable
SSL, re-comment the web.config file for Portal Server User pages and the Portal
Server Admin pages. See Configuring for SSL on page 147 for details.
Increase the Ingestion Rate
You can make the migration process substantially faster by increasing the rate at which files
are ingested on the VOD-W server.
212
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
NXG-to-VOD-W Content Migration
T
1.
To increase the ingestion rate
On the VOD-W server, go to Start > Control Panel > InfoValue QuickVideo > QVCS >
Advanced .
2.
3.
Set the Transfer Rate to 1000000 and click OK . Click OK again to exit.
When the content migration is complete, reset the Transfer Rate to the default (10000 ).
Run the Migration Tool
T
To migrate video files to the VOD-W
1.
Launch the Migration Tool. Go to C:\Program Files\Vbrick\MCS\utils\
NXGtoVODWMigrationTools and double-click on VBMCSReplicateContent.exe
Complete all required fields as explained below.
Select Save to File to create a status file that will show which files were ingested
successfully.
Click Start to begin the migration immediately, or use the scheduling options to run later.
If necessary, when the content migration is complete, reset the Transfer Rate to the
default (10000 ).
2.
3.
4.
5.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
213
MCS
Address
IP address of VBrick Portal Server.
User Name
User name for Portal Server.
User Password
User password for Portal Server.
Source VoD Server
Address
IP address of source NXG server.
Ftp User Name
FTP user name of NXG server. Default = vbrickuser
Ftp User Password FTP password of NXG server. Default = vbrickuser
Assets
Browse to the file nxg_asset_list or use an FTP URL in the following
format:
ftp://vbrickuser:[email protected]<server_ip_address>/nxg_asset_list
Destination VoD Server
Address
214
IP address of destination VOD-W server.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
NXG-to-VOD-W Content Migration
Assets
Filter
Optional. Enter an alphabetic substring to search for matching files
and click Apply.
File Names
Select the video files to be migrated from the complete list of files in
the asset list. Use Check All , Uncheck All , or Delete Selected as
appropriate. Note that Delete Selected works with selected (i.e.
highlighted) files and not checked files.
Schedule
Start On
Start date. Default = unchecked. The tool will migrate files every day
beginning at the specified hour.
From/To
The migration will run during the specified time period.
Save to File
This option saves a status.xm l file that shows migration results. If
some files fail to ingest during migration, you can point to this file in
the Assets field and repeat the migration.
• Comma – save the status file as comma separated values. This can
be displayed in a spreadsheet or an editor.
• XML – save status file as an .xml file. This file is identical in
format to the asset list (see Sample Asset List) and can be used to
repeat the migration.
Start/Stop
Start a migration; stop a migration currently in progress. You may
want to stop the migration and correct a problem if multiple failures
are shown in the Status column. See Recover from Migration Errors
below.
Recover from Migration Errors
Migration errors are shown in the Status column. Once started, the migration will continue
until each ingestion reports either success or failure. If you stop the migration, all queued
ingestions are removed (click yes on the popup) from the Portal Server and you can correct
the errors and restart the migration when ready.
If you ignore the popup window (click no on the popup), you will have to either remove
queued ingestions manually from the Portal Server or wait until all ingestions are complete
with either failure or success. Then you can fix the errors and restart. You may see duplicate
asset file errors in the migration Status column. These errors indicate that the asset already
exists on VOD-W and the Portal Server and can be safely ignored.
Verifying the Migration
Use the Save to File (XML) option to create a status.xml file which lists the video files that
failed to ingest. If some files fail to ingest during migration, you can point to this file in the
Assets field and repeat the migration.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
215
216
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 14
Purchased Content Ingestion
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Configuring IIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Ingest Purchased Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Backing Up the Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Overview
Enterprise Media System users have the option of purchasing pre-packaged content from
VBrick. If content was included on your original order, this purchased content is installed on
your VOD servers prior to shipment. If content was not included with your original order,
you will need to install this content on your VOD servers as explained here. This procedure is
highly technical and should be performed by a knowledgeable system administrator with suitable IT
experience. Note that VBrick does not support the ingestion of third-party content not
purchased directly from VBrick.
The content package you purchased is shipped on a LaCie USB drive. If you open the USB
drive in Windows Explorer, you will see that each content package is named by part number
and text description. Each package has a corresponding Excel metadata spreadsheet
describing the content in the package and a license file that contains content expiration data.
The spreadsheet and license are used during the ingestion procedure. The Excel metadata
spreadsheet for the package is inside the package folder with a name like 8000-0120 Clearvue
HS MPEG Gold 7-17-08.xls. You must copy this spreadsheet to your local C: drive. The license
file has a name like content_34294950443.lic. You must install the license using the Windows
Add or Remove Programs utility. The Mass Ingestion Utility is installed with the Portal Server
and is located in C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\bin\MassIngestionUtils.exe
Note Content Ingestion to an SSL-enabled VOD-W is not supported. To ingest content to
an SSL-enabled VOD-W, first disable SSL and run the ingestion; then re-enable SSL
when done. See Configuring for SSL on page 147 for more information.
Configuring IIS
The following procedures explain how to ingest content to your VOD-W and/or VOD-WM
servers. First you need to configure certain settings in IIS.
T
To configure IIS for mass ingestion
1.
Shutdown the Portal Server and attach the appropriate LaCie drive to a USB port.
a. Restart the server.
b. Copy MassIngestionUtils.exe and MassIngestionUtils.exe.config from the \Utilities
directory on the LaCie drive to C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\bin\ directory.
c. Copy xlviewer.exe from the \Utilities directory on the LaCie drive to the desktop.
Then double click on xlviewer.exe to install Microsoft Office Excel Viewer 2003.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
217
2.
218
Open IIS Manager.
a. Expand the Local server and then the FTP server.
b.
Add an FTP site called MassIngest .
c.
Map the FTP site to the directory on the LaCie USB drive that has the video to be
ingested.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Purchased Content Ingestion
3.
4.
5.
d. Set permissions to allow for anonymous FTP and close IIS.
Copy the Excel spreadsheet from the flash drive to your C:\ drive.
Install the license file (for example content_34294950443.lic) using the Windows Add or
Remove Programs utility.
a. Go to Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs > VBrick Media Control Server
Suite.
b. Click Change/Remove and select Install/Replace the EtherneTV Content license file.
c. Click Next , then browse to the file and click Open .
Manually close the window when done. See Install/Replace License Files on page 17 for
more information.
Ingesting Content
Configure a VOD-W Server
VOD-W only. Use the following steps, prior to ingestion, to change the Transfer Rate from
10,000 to 1,000,000 Kbps. Make sure to change the ingestion limit back to 10,000 after all
content has been ingested.
T
To change the ingestion limit on a VOD-W
1.
2.
Go to Start > Control Panel .
Click on VOD-W QuickVideo.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
219
3.
Click on the Advanced button.
4.
5.
Change Transfer Rate from 10,000 to 1,000,000, click OK and OK again.
Reboot the VOD-W Server for the changes to take effect.
Ingest Purchased Content
220
T
To ingest purchased content to your VOD servers
1.
2.
3.
Run the C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\bin\MassIngestionUtils.exe program.
When the window opens, go to Options > Initiate Mass Ingestion .
When the Mass Ingestion utility starts:
a. Set Local Video Content Path to the actual path.
b. The Ingest Source Directory is ftp://[Portal Server IP Address]/MassIngest .
c. Set the Metadata File Path to the location of the Excel spreadsheet.
d. The Sheet Name should be Sheet1 .
e. The MCS Server IP is the address of the Portal Server.
f. Select the VoD Servers to receive the content.
g. Press the Validate button.
h. Then press Continue and wait for the ingestion to complete. This may take from 2–8
hours.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Purchased Content Ingestion
4.
5.
After mass ingestion is complete, review the total results displayed on the Mass Ingestion
utility. (The total results cannot be saved.) On the Portal Server, open Microsoft Office
Excel Viewer 2003, view the Excel spreadsheet from the MCS C:\ drive and check for
failures on columns A, C and E. The columns should be populated with True and if False
is shown, a failure has occurred. This means that the video file with the False failed to
ingest. Contact VBrick Support Services if any failures occur. Note: the .xls file will now
contain failure information only and was modified during the ingestion process. Be
careful not to overwrite the original .xls file.
When done, change the Transfer Rate on your VOD-W back to 10,000 Kbps. (See
Configure a VOD-W Server on page 219.)
Note When a large ingestion completes, the utility may not respond to mouse commands
for a few minutes. This is normal and for best results, wait a few minutes for it to
recover.
Backing Up the Database
Once Mass Ingestion is complete, it is recommended that you perform a full database
backup. To ensure a successful database backup, you must follow the exact sequence of steps
shown below. Also, since this process will interrupt any streaming video, you may want to
schedule this procedure at night or during non-business hours.
Note If you purchased Enterprise Media System Backup, all key directories are backed up
every ten minutes. With VEMS Backup there is no need to perform a manual database
backup.
T
To backup the database
1.
Log into the Portal Server as the Administrator.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
221
2.
3.
The MySQL Service will need to be stopped in order to have a clean copy of the
database. Go to Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services.
a. Right-click on MySQL in the right pane and select Stop. There will be a list of other
services that will stop. Take note of these other services and select Yes.
b. The Service Control window will show the progress of the Services being stopped.
After the services have stopped minimize the Services window.
Open My Computer and save copies of the following directories (and the Metadata file) in
C:\VBrick Backup.
C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server x.x\data
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\Images\Thumbnails
C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\licenses
4.
5.
222
Copy the entire contents of the VBrick Backup directory to a flash drive and later burn a
CD of these files.
To restart the Services, maximize the Services window. Then right-click on VBrick Object
Starter and select Start . This will start the MySQL services. If the VEMS Scheduler
Module or other services were stopped above they will need to be started as well.
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 15
VBrick Internet Streaming
Topics in this section
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Portal Server Hosting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Overview
The VBrick Internet Streaming is available for those users who wish to extend the ability to
view live events to Internet clients. This document concentrates on users who intend to use
the Internet Streaming service to provide additional services in Portal Server installations. In
all cases, the basic scenario is that a user wants to schedule an event via the Portal Server, and
wants the event to be made available to Internet users via a hosted service. VBrick Internet
Streaming capabilities allow customers to extend the reach of their video to the Internet. In
order to do this, the customer needs to do the following:
1.
2.
3.
Choose whether they want end users to view the video through the Portal Server or via a
different external web page (for example their external web site or VBrick's VBOSS site).
Purchase streaming bandwidth from a Content Distribution Network (CDN). VBrick
offers this through our VBOSS service or the customer can purchase their own.
Configure the VBrick to send the stream to the CDN
Potential viewers fall into two categories as follows:
•
•
Authenticated Internet-based Portal Server clients – In this option, streams are viewed
via the Portal Server interface (multicast or unicast) and all viewers can be authenticated.
In this mode, the Portal Server must be in the DMZ to allow access to the Portal Server
web pages from the Internet.
Non-Portal Server Internet web page viewers – These viewers are notified via e-mail that
a stream is available. VBrick's Internet Streaming solution includes a bandwidth
allowance and a hosted URL for live viewing. The service is available with a Windows
Media (WM) VBrick appliance included or may be utilized by Portal Server customers
who have purchased WM VBrick appliances. The viewing screen is configured as part of
the VBOSS (VBrick Online Streaming Server) interface. Access to this interface may be
limited via a password. For more information about customizing and using VBOSS, see
the VBOSS Broadcast Publisher Guide.
Streaming Service Workflow
The following information is required in order to properly configure the VBrick WM
appliance. For customers who purchase the VBOSS service, this information will be provided
to you when you order the service. Other customers need to obtain this information from
their CDN. When you purchase the VBrick Online Streaming Service, the VBrick
administrator will provide the following host configuration information:
a. Server Name/IP and Port
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
223
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Publishing Point Name
Publishing Point User Name
Publishing Point Password
Publishing Point Viewing URL
Hosted Page Viewing URL
The information labelled a–c above is entered on the VBrick appliance Push configuration
page. When the event is initiated (via the Scheduler), the Portal Server turns on the Push
transmit and streams to the remote publishing point. Internal authenticated users are directed
to view the multicast/unicast directly from the VBrick encoder appliance. You can only
initiate the push via a Portal Server "schedule" that turns on a local multicast or unicast
server. External viewers are directed to the publishing point of the service provider. If the
event presenter wishes to provide event access to non-authenticated viewers via an e-mail, he
would e-mail the interested viewers the hosted page viewing URL (f). This mode does not
require access to the Portal Server and the video will be launched using a Windows Media
Player.
Portal Server Hosting
VBrick Configuration
VBrick Push Configuration
Regardless of whether you are serving remote Portal Server clients or non-Portal Server
Internet web page viewers, the VBrick must be configured to push the stream to the provided
destination hosting URL. The information in a–c should be entered in the appropriate fields
as shown below. See the WM Appliance Admin Guide for more information.
Figure 29. VBrick Push Configuration Page
224
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
VBrick Internet Streaming
Maximum Push
Destinations
One push destination is required for this application.
Enable
Use to enable HTTP Push. Normally this is left as Disabled for
this application. The Scheduler will set this field to enabled when
the schedule starts.
Server:Port
Enter the information from (a) Server Name/IP and Port from
above.
Publishing/Mount Point Enter the information from (b) Publishing Point Name
Copy From Publishing
Point
Leave blank.
Auto Remove
Leave blank.
User Name
Enter the information from (c) Publishing Point User Name
Password
Enter the information from (d) Publishing Point Password
Domain Name
Leave blank.
VBrick Announce Configuration
T
To configure the VBrick announce:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Launch IWS, then go to Configuration: Encoder > Server and scroll to bottom of page.
Set the Stream Advertisement to Push to Microsoft Reflector as shown below.
Enter the Portal Server IP Address in the IP Address or Host Name field.
If you wish to provide viewing to remote Portal Server clients, enter (e) in URL field.
Figure 30. Configuration: Encoder > Server > Announce(SAP)
IP Address or Host
Name
The Portal Server IP address or broadcast IP.
URL
Enter (e) the Publishing Point URL.
Portal Server Configuration
Portal Server Admin Configuration
T
To configure the Portal Server:
1.
Go to Global Settings > Global Assignments > Assign LAN/Internet Address Range(s).
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
225
2.
Click on Specify LAN Address Range(s) and enter the address range of your local LAN.
Internal users are identified by this range. Note: the VBrick encoder IP Address must be
in this range.
Portal Server User Configuration
If authentication is enabled on the Portal Server, users must be authenticated and given Live
Channel Privileges. See the Portal Server Admin Guide for more information.
Portal Server Scheduler Configuration
A live broadcast can only be initiated using the Portal Server Scheduler component. A stream
will be pushed to the configured destination, from your VBrick appliance, at the configured
date and time. You will also need to enable Ext. SAP and HTTP Push as explained below.
T
To push the stream via the scheduler:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Launch the Scheduler and go to Schedule: Live Broadcast
For Video Source select VBrick .
Highlight your WM VBrick network appliance in the list of VBrick Host Names.
If the local LAN is multicast-enabled select a multicast destination, otherwise select
unicast destination.
Go to Advanced Settings and enable HTTP Push .
If you wish to allow access to remote Portal Server clients, Enable the EXT SAP,
otherwise leave this disabled.
Schedule End options should be left as Disabled .
5.
6.
7.
Figure 31. Portal Server Scheduler Page – Advanced Options
226
© 2011 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Chapter 16
Embedding a VBrick Player
Topics in this chapter
Embedding a Player in a Web Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Embedding a Player in SharePoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Overview
A VBrick embedded player for streaming video is available for applications that require a
standalone player that can access VEMS content. Depending on the application, the
embedded player can access live content, stored content, or both live and stored content. The
embedded player is designed for a wide variety of applications and two of the most common
scenarios (1) embedding a player in a web page and (2) embedding a player in Microsoft
SharePoint are described below. Note the required Required Browser Settings explained
below.
Required Browser Settings
If you are using the embedded player or the SharePoint web part interface, the VEMS server
must be configured in your browser as a "trusted site." If not configured as a trusted site, a
VEMS client may not be able to login, or the custom settings for the viewer pages may be
lost.
T
To add the VEMS server as a trusted site:
1.
In Internet Explorer go to Tools > Internet Options > Security.
In Firefox go to Tools > Options > Privacy > Exceptions.
2.
3.
4.
Click on Trusted sites and Sites.
Enter the URL of the VEMS server. If you are not using https be sure to uncheck
"Require server verification (https) for all sites in this zone."
Then click Add , Close, and OK . Once the VEMS server is added as a trusted site it will be
able to pass session cookies to the end user (i.e. client) PCs.
Embedding a Player in a Web Page
The VBrick player (Figure 32) can be embedded in a web page and used to access live and
stored content on a VEMS server. All of the controls, including fullscreen and the pop-up
player window, are fully functional. If authentication is enabled on the server, each viewer will
need to login with valid user credentials before viewing content. Note that the embedded
player streams live and stored video. If your page has links to "presentations," they will play
in a separate pop-up window. The best practice is to host the page with an embedded player
on VEMS. Because of the security settings in Internet Explorer, if you do not host the
embedded player web page on VEMS, you will need to disable script debugging to prevent
"access denied" errors. To disable script debugging in Internet Explorer go to Tools >
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
227
Internet Options > Advanced. Navigate to "Browsing" and check Disable script debugging
(Internet Explorer).
Figure 32. Embedded VBrick Player
Embedding a VBrick Player
The following steps explain how to embed links in a web page (see Figure 32) using the
embed code from the Share Media feature in the client interface. Note that Share Media
pop-up window may vary slightly depending on how your system is configured. It may have a
local link and/or an Internet link. The local link let's you share content with users on your
local area network. The Internet link let's you share content with users on the outside
Internet. Note that the Internet link must be configured by an administrator and may not be
displayed on your system. It let's you share content with users on the outside Internet. For
more information about these links, see the "Sharing Media" topic in the Portal Server User
Guide.
228
T
To embed a VBrick player in a web page:
1.
In VEMS go to the Media Library or the Live Media page.
2.
To select a stream, click on the Share Media icon
(you don't have to launch the stream).
and then and click Embed Player
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Embedding a VBrick Player
3.
4.
5.
Copy and paste the Embed code and the Play in Embedded code into a web page (see
Sample Web Page Code below.
To add additional URL links, add only the Play in Embedded code to the existing web
page.
Be sure to add the VEMS server as a trusted site and disable script debugging (if
necessary) as explained above.
Note Presentations do not play in the embedded player. To have a link open a live or stored
presentation, use the Share Media feature on the Live Media or Media Library page in
the client interface.
Sample Web Page Code
The following code shows an example for a simple HTML web page. It shows the Embed
code within the script tags followed by three Play in Embedded (HREF) links. The last link
launches a presentation and the URL was copied from the e-mail auto-generated by the
presentation tool in the VEMS client.
<body>
<div>
<script src="http://SWAPPSTEST2/
embedplayer.aspx?embed_id=1&template=embeddedplayertemplate1.htm&gpgid=4d435353656
17263684c6f6769632e5341504275636b6574103233392e32322e3137332e3130207661633a3434343
420766163&gptitle=A-StanWM%20Program%201">
</script>
<p><span class="style1">
<a href="#" onclick="PlayURL_1('http://SWAPPSTEST2/
GeneralPlayer.aspx?embed_id=1&gpgid=4d43535365617263684c6f6769632e5341504275636b65
74103233392e32322e3137332e3130207661633a3434343420766163&gptitle=AStanWM%20Program%201');">Stream 1 - VOD Server Video</a></span><span
class="style1"><br/>
<a href="#" onclick="PlayURL_1('http://SWAPPSTEST2/
GeneralPlayer.aspx?embed_id=1&gpgid=4d43535365617263684c6f6769632e566f44436f6e7465
6e744275636b6574102f43687269735f574d204f66666963652053706163655f31325f30315f30395f
31355f33375f31372e776d76&gptitle=Chris_WM%20Office%20Space_12_01_09_15_37_17.wmv')
;">Stream 2 - Stored Rich Media Studio Presentation</a></span><span
class="style1"><br/>
<a href="http://SWAPPSTEST2/Present/Launch_Detail_View.aspx?ScheduleID=9&type=3
">Stream 3 - Live VEMS Encoder Presentation</a></span></p>
</div>
</body>
Using the VBrick Templates
For experienced web developers, VBrick also provides three templates you can use to
customize the embedded player associated with the Share Media feature in the VEMS client.
These templates are located in C:\Program Files\VBrick\MCS\ and are named
embeddedplayertemplate1.htm, 2, and 3 respectively. The embedded players defined in
templates 1, 2, and 3 are shown below from left to right. By default, the Share Media feature uses
embeddedplayertemplate1.htm. You should be an experienced web developer if you are planning
to modify these files. In all cases you should backup the originals before making any changes.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
229
Figure 33. Embedded Player Templates
T
To modify the embedded player template:
1.
2.
Open the template file in your development environment.
Make any appropriate changes and save the file back into VEMS as
C:\Program
Files\MCS\embeddedplayertemplate1.htm
Embedding a Player in SharePoint
The VEMS SharePoint Interface lets you integrate a chronological list of VEMS VOD
content into Microsoft SharePoint as a Web Part. If you have rights to view the content you
can click on any item in the embedded list to play that content in a VEMS popup window.
Figure 34 shows a sample embedded list that uses the default color values. The VEMS
SharePoint interface requires VEMS 5.2 or higher and Microsoft SharePoint 2007 or higher.
Notes • The configuration procedures described on the following pages must be performed
by a SharePoint administrator with appropriate site privileges. A typical user will
not be allowed to administer the SharePoint site.
• Be sure that client viewers have added the VEMS server as a trusted site. See
Required Browser Settings on page 227 for details.
• You can only embed one list of VOD content per HTML page. You can embed a
list on multiple pages in SharePoint but only once per page.
• Macintosh (Safari) clients must adjust the default cookies behavior or the
SharePoint interface will not work. In Safari go to Preferences > Security > Accept
Cookies and set to "Always."
230
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Embedding a VBrick Player
Figure 34. SharePoint Page with VEMS Interface
Note The Microsoft SharePoint interface to VEMS supports stored content on a VOD
server. It does not display or play live streams.
The VEMS SharePoint Interface is used to expose specified VOD items in SharePoint. For
example an organization may have a Microsoft SharePoint system and each department is
assigned its own SharePoint area. In this scenario Human Resources has a SharePoint area
and can display a list of all VEMS content in the "HR" folder on the VEMS system. The
embedding procedure sets the appropriate query string values in the URL (for example
spfolder=/HR) and the list will now be embedded for all users who have access to the HR
page. The VEMS SharePoint Interface supports multiple VEMS authentication methods
including:
•
•
•
•
No authentication
VBrick Authentication
LDAP Authentication
LDAP Authentication with Microsoft Integrated Authentication (SSO)
In the event that authentication is enabled and it is not single-signon (SSO), the user will be
prompted for a user ID and password before they can view the VEMS SharePoint Interface
list. SharePoint users will not see video content they have no rights to view. The list is
compiled based on the users rights.
Adding and Sharing Video
If the corresponding query string variables are enabled in the Base Interface URL users can
also share video via an e-mail message using the envelope icon
or add stored video using
the plus icon
(displayed only if the user has Add Video privileges in VEMS). If desired, you
can also embed a standalone Add Video interface (Figure 35) rather than the standard VEMS
interface. Again, users will only see this page if they have Add Video privileges in VEMS. The
steps for embedding the standalone Add Video interface are the same as those for
embedding the VEMS interface except you replace SPStoredMedia.aspx in the base interface
URL with SPAddVideo.aspx. All of the same query string variables used for the VEMS
interface can be used with the Add Video interface.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
231
Figure 35. SharePoint "Standalone" Add Video Page
Embedding the Interface in SharePoint Server 2010
The following steps explain how to embed the VEMS interface in SharePoint if you are using
SharePoint Server 2010. For more information, or if you are using a different version of SharePoint,
see the Web Parts topic in the SharePoint online help of the version you are using.
Add a Page Viewer Web Part to a Page
To edit a page you must have at least the permissions obtained by being added to the default
Designer SharePoint group for the site.
T
To add a Web Part to a Page:
1.
From a page, in the ribbon, click the Page tab, and then click the Edit command. If the
Edit command is disabled, you may not have the permissions to edit the page. Contact
your administrator for help.)
2.
Click on the page where you want to add a Web Part, click the Insert tab, and then click
Web Part .
3.
232
Under Categories, select Miscellaneous > Page Viewer Web Part , and then click Add .
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Embedding a VBrick Player
Enter the VEMS Interface URL
T
1.
To enter the VEMS interface URL:
Point to the Page Viewer Web Part , click the down arrow (on far right), and then click
The Web Part properties display in the tool pane.
Edit Web Part .
2.
3.
4.
In Page Viewer Web Part select the Web Page radio button. This option automatically
enters the http:// string in the Link text box.
Enter the VEMS SharePoint URL (see Configuring the VEMS Interface URL) in the
Link field and click Apply.
This will display the SharePoint page with an embedded VEMS interface (see Figure 34
on page 231). The next section provides a description of the URL and explains how to
customize the look-and-feel.
Configuring the VEMS Interface URL
The URL to the VEMS SharePoint Interface contains all of the details about the look, feel
and functionality of the interface. This URL has two parts:
•
•
Base URL – points to the interface file itself
Query string variables – define the look, feel and functionality of the interface
Base Interface URL
The Base URL to the VEMS SharePoint Interface is always:
http://<VEMS_Host_Name_or_IP Address>/SharePoint/SPStoredMedia.aspx
Query String Variables
The query string variables shown in Table 25 are appended to the base URL. They are not
required, and if not appended, the interface will use default values. They can be inserted in
any order but the first query string variable must be preceded by a "?" character and any
subsequent variables must be proceeded by a "&" character. See the following example.
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
233
Sample URL
http://172.17.164.20/SharePoint/SPStoredMedia.aspx?spfolder=/VBrick/CEO
Broadcasts&spheight=325&spborderc=7F9DB9&sptablebgc=FFFFFF&sptextc=000000&spbodybg
c=EEEEEE&spmaxnum=100&spwidth=390&spsharing=true&spaddvideo=true&spuploadfolder=us
ername&spshowstoredicon=true
Table 25. SharePoint Interface Query String Variables
234
Variable
Description
Example
spaddvideo
Display the Add Video icon on the
Stored Video interface. This provides a
link to the Add Video feature. This link
will only display if the user has rights to
upload video. Default = false
spaddvideo=true
SPAddVideo.aspx
Use to embed the standalone Add
Video interface (Figure 35) in a
SharePoint page.
SPAddVideo.aspx
spbodybgc
Background color of the entire SharePoint
web part. Default = FFFFFF.
spbodybgc=44CCFF
spborderc
Border color of the items in the list of
titles. Default = 000000.
spborderc=44CCFF
spembedded
Do you wish to use the embedded player or spembedded=true
a popup player. (False for popup. Default =
false).
spfolder
Root folder from where all items in the list
will be drawn. Default = /.
spfolder=/videos/test
spgeneralfont
Font used for the list of titles. Limited by
what fonts are available on the client.
Default = Arial.
spgeneralfont=times
spgeneralfontsize
Font size, in pixels, of the list of titles.
Default = 12.
spgeneralfontsize=14px
spheight
Height of the list of titles in pixels. Default
= 315.
spheight=500
spmaxnum
Maximum number of titles which are
allowed to be listed. Default = 25.
spmaxnum=50
spmaxtitlesize
Maximum number of characters a returned
title may be before it is truncated. Default
= 25.
spmaxtitlesize=50
spsearch
Search string to look for in the returned list spsearch=education
of titles. Default = empty.
spsharing
Enable the ability to e-mail a link to a
video asset. Default = false
spsharing=true
spshowfileextension
Display the file extension of the video
files in the list. Default=true.
spshowfileextension=true
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
Embedding a VBrick Player
Variable
Description
Example
spshowstoredicon
Display the Stored Media icon
on
the Add Video interface. This allows
the user to navigate to the Stored
Video interface. Default = true
spshowstoredicon=true
spsorttype
Sort by title or by creation date.
spsorttype=date
(alternatively you may choose 'title.' Default
= date).
SPStoredMedia.aspx
Use to embed the VEMS interface
(Figure 34) in a SharePoint page.
SPStoredMedia.aspx
sptablebgc
Background color, in hex, of the table of
returned titles. Default = FFFFCC.
sptablebgc=44CCFF
sptextc
Color of the text. Default = 00000.
sptextc=44CCFF
spuploadfolder
Specify an upload folder for the Add
Video feature. If no folder is specified
all folders the user has access to for
uploading will appear in the Destination
dropdown on the Add Video interface.
Default = blank (no folder specified).
spuploadfolder=username
spwborderc
Border color of the outside of the list of
titles. Default = 000000.
spwborderc=44CCFF
spwidth
Width of the list of titles in pixels. Default
= 390.
spwidth=250
VEMS Portal Server Admin Guide
235
236
© 2010 VBrick Systems, Inc.
VBrick Systems, Inc.
12 Beaumont Road
Wallingford, CT 06492, USA
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement